Acura 2012 Tsx Owners Manual

Manual L11313OM 2013 Acura TSX Owners Manual | Manual Device

2015-09-07

: Acura Acura-2012-Tsx-Owners-Manual-761960 acura-2012-tsx-owners-manual-761960 acura pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 325

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 0 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Contents

2013 TSX

Online Reference Owner's Manual

2 Safe Driving P. 21
For Safe Driving P. 22

Seat Belts P. 26

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.

2 Instrument Panel P. 63

This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.

2 Controls P. 87

Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front
cover) represent features and equipment that are available on
some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have
some of these features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States
and Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication
were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor
Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change
specifications or design at any time without notice and without
incurring any obligation.
Navigation Key

Indicators P. 64

Airbags P. 33

Gauges and Multi-Information Display P. 75

Setting the Clock P. 88
Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 89
Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 103
Adjusting the Seats P. 116

2 Features P. 137
Audio System P. 138
Audio System Basic Operation P. 141
General Information on the Audio System P. 161

2 Driving P. 181
Before Driving P. 182
Refueling P. 215

Towing a Trailer P. 187
Fuel Economy P. 218

2 Maintenance P. 221
Before Performing Maintenance P. 222
Maintenance MinderTM P. 225
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 257
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 270

QRG

Quick Reference Guide

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 275

TOC

Chapter Table of Contents

Tools P. 276
If a Tire Goes Flat P. 277
Overheating P. 288
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 290
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 300

Index

2 Information P. 303

Book Table of Contents

Specifications P. 304
Emissions Testing P. 311

00X31-TL1-6400
© 2012 American Honda Motor Co., Inc - All Rights Reserved

Identification Numbers P. 308
Warranty Coverages P. 313

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 1 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Contents
2012 TSX
Quick Reference Guide
Child Safety P. 48

Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60

Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 95
Security System P. 98
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 104
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 125

Audio Error Messages P. 158
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 165

Audio Remote Controls P. 160
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 167

When Driving P. 191
Accessories and Modifications P. 219

Braking P. 210

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 229
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 259
Cleaning P. 271

Replacing Light Bulbs P. 247
Battery P. 268

Engine Does Not Start P. 283
Jump Starting P. 284
Fuses P. 294
Emergency Towing P. 299
When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 301
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 309
Authorized Manuals P. 315

Reporting Safety Defects P. 310
Client Service Information P. 316

P. 2

Safety Labels P. 61

Safe Driving

P. 21

Instrument Panel

P. 63

Controls

P. 87

Features

P. 137

Driving

P. 181

Maintenance

P. 221

Handling the Unexpected

P. 275

Information

P. 303

Index

P. 317

Opening and Closing the Windows P. 100
Adjusting the Mirror P. 114
Climate Control System P. 133

Compass * P. 179

Parking Your Vehicle P. 214

Remote Transmitter Care P. 269

Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 287

Navigation Key
Quick Reference Guide

Index

Chapter Table of Contents

Book Table of Contents

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 2 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Quick Reference Guide
QRG

Visual Index

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

❙ System Indicators (P64)
❙ Gauges (P75)
❙ Multi-Information Display (P76)
❙ Navigation System *
() See Navigation System Manual

❙ Audio System (P138)
❙ Hazard Warning Button
❙ Climate Control System (P133)
❙ Rear Window Defogger/
Heated Door Mirror Button
(P110)

❙ Seat Heater Switches (P132)
❙ Ignition Switch (P104)
❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments
(P113)

Index

❙

(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System OFF) Button (P204)

* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 3 ページ

QRG

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P105)
❙ Fog Lights (P107)
❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift down) * (P197) (P198)
❙ Remote Audio Control Buttons (P160)
❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift up) * (P197) (P198)

❙ Wipers/Washers (P108)
❙ Cruise Control Buttons (P201)

❙ SEL/RESET Button (P76)
❙
(Information) Button (P76)
❙ Horn

Index

❙ Navigation System Voice Control Buttons * () See Navigation System Manual
❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice Control Buttons (P167)

* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 4 ページ

QRG

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Visual Index

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

❙ Driving Position Memory System Buttons * (P111)
❙ Door Mirror Controls
(P114)

❙ Rearview Mirror (P114)
❙ Driver’s Front Airbag (P36)
❙ Passenger’s Front Airbag
(P36)

❙ Parking Brake (P210)
❙ Glove Box (P126)
❙ Passenger Side Fuse Box
(P295)

❙ Accessory Power Socket
(P129)

Index

❙ Driver Side Fuse Box (P294)
❙ Hood Release Handle (P 231)
❙ Driver’s Pocket
❙ Trunk Release (P95)
❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch

❙ Shift Lever
Automatic Transmission
(P194)

Manual Transmission
(P199)

(Unlocking Fuel Fill Door) (P93)

❙ Power Window Switches (P100)
4

* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 5 ページ

QRG

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

❙ Seat Belt Installing a Child Seat (P55)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P57)
❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P43)
❙ Coat Hook (P130)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Seat Belts (P26)
❙ Sunglasses Holder (P131)
❙ HomeLink® Button (P165)
❙ Moonroof Switch (P103)
❙ Map Lights (P125)
❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors
❙ Auxiliary Input Jack
(P140)

❙ USB Adapter Cable
(P139)

❙ Accessory Power Socket
(P129)

❙ Center Pocket *
Index

❙ Rear Seat (P123)
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P53)
❙ Ceiling Light (P125)

❙ Front Seat (P116)
❙ Side Airbags (P40)

* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 6 ページ

QRG

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Visual Index

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P229)
❙ Windshield Wipers (P108) (P257)
❙ Door Mirrors (P114)
❙ Side Turn Signal Lights (P105) (P253)
❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P91)
❙ Headlights (P105) (P247)
❙ Front Turn Signal/Parking/
Side Marker Lights (P105) (P252)
❙ Tires (P259) (P277)
❙ Fog Lights (P107) (P251)

❙ How to Refuel (P216)
❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P256)
❙ Opening/Closing the Trunk (P95)
❙ Trunk Release Switch (P96)
❙ Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P97)
❙ Rearview Camera *
() See Navigation System Manual

Index

❙ Back-Up Lights (P253)

❙ Brake/Taillights (P253)
❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P253)
❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P253)

* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 7 ページ

QRG

Safe Driving

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

(P21)

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Airbags (P33)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P48)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P60)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain
carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces
where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.

Seat Belts (P26)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.

Index

● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.

Before Driving Checklist (P25)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.

Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 8 ページ

QRG

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Instrument Panel

(P63)

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Gauges (P 75)
Multi-Information Display (P 76)
System Indicators (P 64)

Lights Reminders
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator

Low Oil Pressure
Indicator

Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator

Fog Light Indicator

System Indicators
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp

System Indicators

Immobilizer System
Indicator

Multi-Information Display

Temperature Gauge
Tachometer

Speedometer
Fuel Gauge

Charging System
Indicator

U.S.

Canada

Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator

Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®)
System Indicator

U.S.

Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator

Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators

Index

Side Airbag Off
Indicator

Canada

VSA® OFF Indicator

Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator

Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator

Door and Trunk
Open Indicator
Gear Position Indicator *

CRUISE MAIN
Indicator

Shift Lever Position Indicator *
Security System Alarm Indicator

Low Fuel Indicator

CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator
System Message
Indicator

* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 9 ページ

QRG

Controls

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

(P 87)

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Turn Signals (P105)
Turn Signal Control Lever

Lights (P105)
Light Control Switches

Wipers and Washers
(P108)
Wiper/Washer Control Lever

Right
High Beam

Adjustment Ring
: Long Delay
: Short Delay

Low Beam

Flashing
Left
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
MIST
OFF
INT: Low speed with intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe

Index

* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 10 ページ

QRG

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Steering Wheel (P113)

Power Door Mirrors

Power Windows (P100)

● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever
towards you, adjust to the desired
position, then lock the lever back in place.

(P114)

● With the ignition switch in ON (w , open
and close the power windows.

● With the ignition switch in ON (w , move
the selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Selector Switch

● If the power window lock button is in
the off position, each passenger’s
window can be opened and closed with
its own switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator is on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window
Lock Button

Trunk (P95)

Adjustment Switch
● Place the selector switch in the R position
to use the reverse tilt door mirror feature.
Window Switch

Trunk Release

Index

● Push the trunk release on the driver’s
door, or on the remote transmitter. With
the doors unlocked, press the trunk
release switch on the trunk lid to open it.

Indicator

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 11 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Climate Control System (P133)
QRG

Clock (P88)

● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.

Models without navigation system

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

● Press the ON/OFF button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the

Press the CLOCK button until the
displayed time begins flashing.

Press Preset (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute)
to set the time. Press Preset (6 (Reset)
to set the time to the nearest hour.

Press the CLOCK button again to set
the time.

button to defrost the windshield.

Models with navigation system

The climate control system is voice operable. See the navigation system manual for
complete details.
SYNC (Synchronized) Button
AUTO Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch
ON/OFF Button
(Recirculation) Button
(Fan Control) Bar
(Rear Window Defogger/
Heated Mirror) Button

(Windshield Defroster) Button
A/C (Air Conditioning)
Button
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch

Models with navigation system

The navigation system receives
signals from GPS satellites, updating
the clock automatically.

MODE Control Button
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents, and back
of the center console *.
Air flows from dashboard
vents and back of the
center console *.

Index

* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 12 ページ

QRG

Features

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

● Audio Remote Controls (P160)

(P137)

VOL Button
MODE Button

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Audio System (P138)
For navigation system operation () See Navigation System Manual

Audio Display

(XM®)

VOL/
(Volume/Power)
Knob
CD Button

Button

AUX Button

AM Button
FM Button
TITLE Button

CD Slot

● VOL (volume) Button
Press
/
to adjust the volume up/
down.

(CD Eject)
Button

● MODE Button
Press and release to change the audio
mode: FM1/FM2/AM/XM1/XM2/CD/AUX.

Preset Buttons
SKIP Bar
A.SEL (Auto Select)
Button
SCAN Button

Index

CH Button

CATEGORY Bar

MENU Button

RETURN Button

Selector Knob

● CH (channel) Button
Radio:Press and release to change the
preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/USB device:
Press and release to skip to the
beginning of the next song or
return to the beginning of the
current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 13 ページ

QRG

Driving

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

(P181)

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Manual Transmission (P199)
Automatic Transmission (P195)
● Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the
engine.

Paddle Shifters (P197)
● Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual
transmission (1st through 5th). This is useful for engine braking.

● Shifting
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.

Release Button
Shift Lever
M Indicator

Reverse

Selected Gear
Number

Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Normal driving. D-paddle
shift mode can be used.
S Position
Sequential shift mode can be
used.

Shift Down (Paddle Shifter

Shift Up (+
Paddle Shifter

● D-paddle shift mode: The
transmission will shift back
to automatic mode once the
system detects that the
vehicle is cruising.
● Sequential shift mode: Holds
the selected gear, and the M
indicator comes on.
● The selected gear
position is shown in the
instrument panel.

Depress the brake pedal and press the
release button to move out of (P .

Index

Press the release button to move
the shift lever.
Move the shift lever without
pressing the release button.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 14 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

VSA® OFF Button (P205)
QRG

Refueling (P 215)

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.

Fuel recommendation:

● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.

Premium unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number
91 or higher required
Fuel tank capacity: 18.5 US gal (70 L)

● To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.

Cruise Control (P201)
● Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press DECEL/SET when the
vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).

Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) (P206)

6-cylinder models

Unlock the driver’s door.

Press on the edge of the
fuel fill door to make it
pop up slightly.

Turn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.

Place the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.

After refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.

● TPMS monitors tire pressure.
● TPMS is turned on automatically every
time you start the engine.

Index

4-cylinder models

Premium unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number
91 or higher recommended

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 15 ページ

QRG

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Maintenance

(P 221)

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Under the Hood (P 229)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid and clutch fluid.

Wiper Blades (P257)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.

● Check the battery regularly.

Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.

Locate the hood latch lever, pull the lever up, and lift up
the hood.

Tires (P259)

Lights (P247)

● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.

● Inspect all lights regularly.

● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter driving.

Index

When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 16 ページ

QRG

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Handling the Unexpected

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Flat Tire (P277)

Engine Won’t Start (P283) Overheating (P288)

● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in
the trunk.

● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.

● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.

Indicators Come On

Blown Fuse (P294)

Emergency Towing (P299)

(P290)

● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.

● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.

● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.

Index

(P 275)

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 17 ページ

QRG
Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Index

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

What to Do If
The ignition switch does
not turn from (0 to (q .
Why?

●

The ignition switch does
not turn from (q to (0 and
I cannot remove the key.
Why?

The shift lever should be moved to (P .

Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.

The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, push the lever
to the unlock position.

Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors
using a remote
transmitter?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.

●

The steering wheel may be locked.
Try to turn the steering wheel left and right
while turning the ignition key.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 18 ページ

QRG

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?

The beeper sounds when:
● The key is left in the ignition switch.
● The exterior lights are left on.

Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when:
● Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
● The parking brake lever is not fully released.

Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or higher on
this vehicle?

If premium unleaded gasoline with a PON of 91 or higher is not
available, you can temporarily use gasoline with a PON of 87 or
higher.
This will result in decreased engine performance, and can cause
occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine.
4-cylinder models

Unleaded gasoline with a PON of 91 or higher is recommended.
6-cylinder models

Index

Unleaded gasoline with a PON of 91 or higher is required.
The long-term use of a lower PON gasoline can lead to engine
damage.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 19 ページ

QRG
Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

Index

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

California Proposition 65 Warning
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.

Event Data Recorders

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.

Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 20 ページ

QRG

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Quick Reference Guide - 2013 TSX

A Few Words About Safety

You will find this important safety information in a variety of
forms, including:

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgement.

● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:

3DANGER

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.

3WARNING

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.

3CAUTION

You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.

● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 21 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

Index

For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 22
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 24
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 26
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 29
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 32
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 33
Types of Airbags ................................ 36
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 36
Side Airbags....................................... 40

Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 43
Airbag System Indicators.................... 44
Airbag Care ....................................... 47
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 48
Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 50
Safety of Larger Children ................... 58
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 60
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 61

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 22 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

For Safe Driving
2013 TSX
QRG

TOC

The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.

Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.

■ Restrain all children
Children age 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.

■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
Index

■ Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.

1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 23 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

2013 TSX
QRG

TOC
Safe Driving

■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book

24 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features

QRG

2013 TSX

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
9

TOC

Safe Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.

6
10
7
8
10

6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Index

Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Seat Belt Tensioners
Occupant Position Detection
System (OPDS) Sensor

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.

Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 25 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Safety Checklist
TOC
Safe Driving

For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider
from unexpectedly opening a door.

1Safety Checklist
If the door and trunk open indicator is on, a door
and/or the trunk is not completely closed. Close all
doors and the trunk tightly until the indicator goes
off.
2 Door and Trunk Open Indicator P. 68

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 93

• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 116

• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 118

• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 29

• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
Index

2 Child Safety P. 48

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 26 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Seat Belts
QRG

TOC
Safe Driving

Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers

■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 55

Index

2013 TSX

About Your Seat Belts
1About Your Seat Belts

3 WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 27 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

2013 TSX
QRG

TOC

■ Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:

1About Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduces the effectiveness of
the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.

• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

■ Seat Belt Reminder

1Seat Belt Reminder

Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the ignition switch is turned to ON (w before
the driver’s seat belt is fastened, a beeper will
sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver
does not fasten the belt before the beeper
stops, the indicator will remain on.

Index

The beeper will also periodically sound and
the indicator will blink while driving until the
driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts are
fastened.

Continued

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within 6 seconds after
the ignition switch is turned to ON (w .
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
or a child or small adult is riding there, the indicator
will not come on.
This is because the weight sensors in the seat cannot
detect their presence.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 28 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
TOC
Safe Driving

Index

The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-tosevere frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 29 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

QRG

2013 TSX

Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:

TOC

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 116

Safe Driving

Pull out slowly.

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

Correct
Seated
Posture.

1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.

Latch
Plate

Buckle

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 30 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

2013 TSX
QRG

TOC
Safe Driving

Lap belt
as low as
possible

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.

■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.

Push

Index

2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.

1Fastening a Seat Belt

3 WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 31 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Advice for Pregnant Women
TOC
Safe Driving

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.

1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.

Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 32 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

QRG

Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
TOC

• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.

Safe Driving

• Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.

Index

2013 TSX

Seat Belt Inspection
1Seat Belt Inspection

3 WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 33 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Airbags
QRG

2013 TSX

Airbag System Components

TOC
Safe Driving

11 12

8
6

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 34 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

2013 TSX
QRG

TOC
Safe Driving

The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. The airbag
system includes:
a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint

System) front airbags. The driver’s airbag
is stored in the center of the steering
wheel; the front passenger’s airbag is
stored in the dashboard. Both are marked
SRS AIRBAG.

d An electronic control unit that continually

monitors and records information about
the sensors, the airbag activators, the
seat belt tensioners, and driver and front
passenger seat belt use when the ignition
switch is in ON (w .
e Automatic

front seat belt tensioners. The
driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts
incorporate sensors that detect whether
or not they are fastened.

h Impact

sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side collision.

i An indicator on the dashboard that alerts

you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
j Sensors

that can detect if a child or small
statured adult is in the deployment path
of the front passenger’s side airbag.

k An indicator on the instrument panel that
b Two

side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

driver’s seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.

l An indicator on the instrument panel that
g Weight

c Two

side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

Index

alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.

sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant
or small child).

alerts you that the front passenger’s side
airbag has been turned off.
m Safing

Sensor

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 35 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Important Facts About Your Airbags
TOC
Safe Driving

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, and sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not
wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and
as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard
as possible.

1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the
airbags deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 36 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

QRG

Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
TOC

• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.

Safe Driving

• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.

The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch
is in ON (w .

Each is discussed in the following pages.

The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.

■ Housing Locations
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

1Types of Airbags

• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.

Front Airbags (SRS)

Index

2013 TSX

Types of Airbags

1Front Airbags (SRS)
Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiplethreshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 37 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Operation
TOC
Safe Driving

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

■ How the Front Airbags Work

1How the Front Airbags Work

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

After a front airbag inflates in a crash, you may see
what looks like smoke. This is actually powder from
the airbag’s surface. Although the powder is not
harmful, people with respiratory problems may
experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs,
get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold, that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 38 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

2013 TSX
QRG

■ When front airbags should not deploy
TOC
Safe Driving

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts, and in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags,
and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags
could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a
rollover.

■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
Index

appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 39 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Advanced Airbags
TOC

1Advanced Airbags

Safe Driving

Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.

Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor

If the seat is too far forward, the airbag
inflates with less force, regardless of the
severity of the impact.

The passenger’s advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.

Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors

If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver’s seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
• Do not place any cover over the passenger side
dashboard.

Although Acura recommends against carrying
an infant or small child in front, if the sensors
detect the weight of a child (up to about 65
lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically
turn off the passenger’s front airbag.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 40 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

QRG

TOC

2013 TSX

Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the upper torso of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.

Safe Driving

■ Housing Locations

If the impact is on the passenger side, the airbag
deploys even if there is no passenger in the passenger
seat.

Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.

■ Operation

Side Airbag

Index

Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seatbacks.

Housing Location

When
inflated

1Side Airbags

When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals
the side airbag on the impact side to
immediately inflate.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 41 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

2013 TSX
QRG

TOC
Safe Driving

■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag systems senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible
dam age appears severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards
the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts
absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have
been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 42 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Side Airbag Cutoff System
TOC
Safe Driving

To reduce the likelihood that a front passenger may be injured by an inflating side
airbag, the passenger side airbag is automatically turned off when:
• The height sensors detect a child or short-statured adult is seated in the front
passenger seat.

2 Side Airbag Off Indicator P. 46

■ Side Airbag Off Indicator
If the side airbag off indicator comes on, have the passenger sit upright. A few
seconds after the passenger is sitting properly, the side airbag will automatically be
turned on, and the indicator will go off.
If the front passenger is a child, stop when it is safe to do so, and have the child sit
properly restrained in a rear seat.

Sensors that
monitor the
passenger’s height.

• The position sensor detects that the front passenger is leaning into the
deployment path of the side airbag.
When the side airbag cutoff system is activated, the side airbag off indicator
comes on.

Index

1Side Airbag Cutoff System

Sensors that monitor the
passenger’s position.
The sensors that monitor the front passenger’s height
and body position may not work if:
• The seat-back is wet
• The passenger is touching a metal or other
electrical conductive object
• A seat cushion is on the seat
• The passenger is wearing excessively thick clothing

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 43 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

QRG

TOC

2013 TSX

Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer
seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact.

Safe Driving

■ Housing Locations
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.

1Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags are most effective when an
occupant is wearing their seat belt properly and
sitting upright, well back in their seat.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

■ Operation
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a moderate-to-severe side impact.

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

Index

■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 44 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

QRG

TOC

If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the multi-information display.

Safe Driving

■ SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator
■ When the ignition switch is turned to
ON (w
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

Index

2013 TSX

Airbag System Indicators
1SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator

3 WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 45 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
TOC

U.S.

Canada

1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator

■ When the passenger airbag off

Safe Driving

indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant
or small child, on the seat.

If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors. Such as:

• An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.

• A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.

• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger’s seat.

• The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.

an object on the seat or floor behind it.

• An object placed under the front passenger’s seat.

2 Child Safety P. 48

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.

The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 46 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Side Airbag Off Indicator
TOC

U.S.

Safe Driving
Canada

Index

1Side Airbag Off Indicator

■ When the side airbag off indicator
comes on
This indicator comes on if the passenger’s side
airbag has been turned off because the
passenger is too small to be sitting in the front
seat, is slouching or not sitting upright, or has
leaned into the airbag’s deployment path.
Unless the passenger is a smaller statured
adult or a child, the indicator should go off
when the passenger returns to a proper
upright sitting position.

When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , the
indicator should come on for a few seconds and then
go out. If it doesn’t come on, stays on, or comes on
while driving without a passenger in the front seat,
have the system checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 47 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

QRG

Airbag Care

TOC

You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

2013 TSX
1Airbag Care

Safe Driving

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.

■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be
replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it
must be replaced.
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable the driver’s seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the
passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate
a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client
Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Canadian Acura Client
Service at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 48 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Child Safety
QRG

Protecting Child Passengers

TOC

Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the
number one cause of death of children age 12 and under.

Safe Driving

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.

Index

2013 TSX
1Protecting Child Passengers

3 WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration and Transport Canada recommend
that all children age 12 and under be properly
restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/
territories have laws restricting where children may
ride.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 49 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

2013 TSX
QRG

TOC

• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt
portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

Safe Driving

• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

1Protecting Child Passengers

3 WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 61

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 50 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

QRG

■ Protecting Infants
TOC

2013 TSX

Safety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat maker’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is
at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.

1Protecting Infants

3 WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front
airbag system.
2 Airbags P. 33

Index

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 51 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Protecting Smaller Children
TOC

1Protecting Smaller Children

Safe Driving

If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position.

3 WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
up to age two, if the child’s height and weight are
appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 52 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Selecting a Child Seat
TOC
Safe Driving

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.
Proper installation is key to maximizing your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.

■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
Index

1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 53 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
TOC
Safe Driving

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear
seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible
type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

Marks

Lower Anchors

Rigid Type

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 54 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

2013 TSX
QRG
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat
that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.

TOC
Safe Driving
Flexible Type
Tether Strap
Hook

3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
head restraint.
4. Release the head restraint, then route the
tether strap between the head restraint
legs, and secure the tether strap hook onto
the anchor.

Anchor

5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat maker.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.

Index

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 55 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
TOC

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.

Safe Driving

2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat maker's instructions,
and insert the latch plate into the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 2 – 4.

Index

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 56 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

2013 TSX
QRG

TOC

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.

Safe Driving

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

Index

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 57 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Adding Security with a Tether
TOC

Tether Anchorage Points

Safe Driving
Anchor
Outer Position

A tether anchorage point is provided
behind each rear seating position. A child
seat that is installed with a seat belt and
comes with a tether can use the tether for
additional security.

1Adding Security with a Tether
Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.

Cover
Tether
Strap Hook

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point and lift the cover.
2. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.

Anchor
Center Position

Tether
Strap Hook

3. Secure the tether strap hook onto
the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.

Index

Anchor

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 58 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

QRG

■ Protecting Larger Children
TOC
Safe Driving

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.

■ Checking Seat Belt Fit
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

Index

2013 TSX

Safety of Larger Children
1Safety of Larger Children

3 WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in serious injury or death if
the passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 59 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Booster Seats
TOC

1Booster Seats

Safe Driving

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seating position. For the child’s safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.

■ Protecting Larger Children - Final Checks

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces, and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.

Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in
the seat.
Index

■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older,
more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts
and sit up properly.
59

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 60 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Exhaust Gas Hazard
QRG

Carbon Monoxide Gas

TOC

The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.

Safe Driving

■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the

mode.

3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.

Index

2013 TSX
1Carbon Monoxide Gas

3 WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 61 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Safety Labels
QRG

2013 TSX

Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these
labels carefully.

TOC
Safe Driving

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Sun Visor

U.S. models

Dashboard
U.S. models only

Canadian models

Doorjambs

U.S. models

Canadian
models

Radiator Cap

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 62 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 63 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 64
Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages...................... 72
Gauges and Multi-Information Display
Gauges.............................................. 75
Multi-Information Display .................. 76

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 64 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Indicators
2013 TSX
QRG

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

TOC

●

U.S.

Instrument Panel

Canada

Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator

●

Low Oil Pressure
Indicator

●

Shift Position
Indicator *
Index

* Not available on all models

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w , then goes off.
Comes on when the parking brake
is applied, and goes off when it is
released.
Come on when the brake fluid
level is low.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive
with the parking brake not fully
released.

●

Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w , and goes
off when the engine starts.
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.

●

Indicates the current shift lever
position.

Comes on while driving - Make sure
the parking brake is released. Check the
brake fluid level.

Message

U.S.

Canada

2 What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 292
●

Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have the vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator
Comes On P. 292

Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On P. 290

2 Shifting P. 195

—

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 65 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

2013 TSX
QRG

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

TOC
Instrument Panel

Malfunction
Indicator Lamp

●

Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w , and goes
off either when the engine starts
or after several seconds if the
engine is not started. If “readiness
codes” have not been set, it blinks
five times before it goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control system.
Blinks when a misfire in the
engine’s cylinders is detected.

Explanation
●

Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.

●

Comes on while driving - Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable
objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes
or more, and wait for it to cool down.
Then, take the vehicle to a dealer.

Message

2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 311

●

2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 291
●

Charging System
Indicator

●

Transmission
Indicator *
Index

* Not available on all models

●

Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w , and goes
off when the engine starts.
Comes on when the battery is not
charging.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w , then goes off.
Blinks if the transmission system
has a problem.

●

Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger
in order to reduce electricity
consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 290

Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden
starts and acceleration and have the
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 66 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

2013 TSX
QRG

Indicator

Name
M (sequential shift
mode) Indicator/
Gear Position
Indicator *

TOC

●

Instrument Panel

●

Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator

●

Indicator

Low Fuel
Indicator

●

Index

ABS (Anti-lock
Brake System)
Indicator

* Not available on all models

●

On/Blinking

Explanation

Message

Comes on when the manual
sequential shift mode is applied.
Blinks if the transmission system
has a problem.

2 Sequential Shift Mode P. 197

—

Comes on and the beeper sounds
if you are not wearing a seat belt
when you turn the ignition switch
to ON (w .
If the front passenger is not wearing
a seat belt, the indicator comes on
about a few seconds later.
Blinks while driving if either you or
the front passenger has not
fastened a seat belt. The beeper
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.

●

Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 2.8
U.S. gal./10.5 Liter left).
Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w , then goes off.
If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.

●

The beeper stops and the indicator goes
off when you and the front passenger
fasten their seat belts.
Stays on after you or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt
- A detection error may have occurred in
the sensor. Have the vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 27

●

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
as possible.
Blinks - Have the vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator
on, your vehicle still has normal braking
ability but no anti-lock function.
2 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) P. 212

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 67 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

2013 TSX
QRG

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

TOC
Instrument Panel

Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator

●

VSA® (Vehicle
Stability Assist)
System Indicator

●
●

●

VSA® (Vehicle
Stability Assist)
OFF Indicator

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w , then goes off.
Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner

●

Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have the vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w , then goes off.
Blinks when VSA® is active.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA® system.

●

Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w , then goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate
VSA®.

Message

2 VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka
ESC (Electronic Stability Control),
System P. 204

2 VSA® On and Off P. 205

—

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 68 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

2013 TSX
QRG

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

TOC

Door and Trunk
Open Indicator

●

Instrument Panel

●

EPS (Electric
Power Steering)
System Indicator

●

Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
●

Index

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds if you
turn the ignition switch to ON (w ,
then goes off.
Comes on if the trunk or any door
is not completely closed.

●

Goes off if a door or the trunk is closed.

Comes on when you turn the
ignition switch to ON (w , and goes
off when the engine starts.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the EPS (Electric Power
Steering) System.

●

Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have the vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w .
Comes on if the tire pressure of
any of the tires becomes
significantly low.
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a compact
spare tire is temporarily installed.

●

Comes on while driving - Stop in a
safe place, check tire pressures, and
inflate the tire(s) if necessary.

●

Blinks and remains on - Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle
is fitted with a compact spare, get your
regular tire repaired or replaced and put
back on your vehicle as soon as you can.

2 If the EPS System Indicator Comes
On P. 292

Message

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 69 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

2013 TSX
QRG

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

TOC

●

Instrument Panel

System Message
Indicator
●

●

Turn Signal
Indicators

●

High Beam
Indicator
Index

Comes on along with a beep when
a problem is detected. A system
message on the multi-information
display appears at the same time.

Explanation

Lights On
Indicator

●

The turn signal indicators blink
when you operate the turn signal
lever.
If you press the hazard warning
button, both indicators and all turn
signals blink at the same time.

●

Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A
turn signal light bulb has blown. Change
the bulb immediately.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 252
P. 253

Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
Comes on with reduced brightness
when DRL (daytime running lights)
are on.
Comes on whenever the light
switch is on, or in AUTO when the
exterior lights are on.

While the indicator is on, press the
(information) button to see the
message again.
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears
on the multi-information display. Take
the appropriate action for the message.
The multi-information display does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the
button is pressed.

—

●

If you remove the key from the ignition
switch while the lights are on, a chime
sounds when the driver’s door is opened.

Message

—

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 70 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

2013 TSX
QRG

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Fog Light Indicator
TOC

●

Instrument Panel

U.S.
●

Canada

Side Airbag Off
Indicator

●

Immobilizer
System Indicator
Index

Comes on when the fog lights are
on.
Comes on for a few seconds when
you turn the ignition switch to ON
(w , then goes off.
Comes on when the passenger
side airbag system is automatically
shut off.

Comes on briefly when you turn
the ignition switch to ON (w , then
goes off.
Comes on if the immobilizer
system cannot recognize the key
information.

●

Explanation

Message

—

It does not mean there is a problem with
your side airbags.
Comes on when nobody is sitting in
the passenger seat - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Comes on when someone is sitting in
the seat - Have the passenger sit
properly.

Blinks - You cannot start the engine.
Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 , pull
the key out, and then insert the key and
turn it to ON (w again.
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems can occur.

U.S.

Canada

—

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 71 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicatorsu

2013 TSX
QRG

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Security System
Alarm Indicator
TOC

Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.

Explanation

Message

Instrument Panel

2 Security System Alarm P. 98

—

2 Cruise Control P. 201

—

2 Cruise Control P. 201

—

Indicator

CRUISE MAIN
Indicator

●

CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator

●

Comes on when you press the
CRUISE button.
Comes on if you have set a speed
for cruise control.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 72 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

QRG

2013 TSX

Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Press the
with the system message indicator on.
Message

Condition
●

TOC

(information) button to see the message again
Explanation

Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high.

Instrument Panel

2 Overheating P. 288

●

Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not
installed.
2 Tighten Fuel Fill Cap Message P. 291

●

Appears if there is a problem with the DRL system.

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Daytime Running Lights P. 107

Canadian models

●

Appears when washer fluid gets low.

●

Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 246

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 73 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

2013 TSX
QRG

Message

Condition
●

●

TOC

Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due
soon.
Consequently, SERVICE DUE NOW and SERVICE
PAST DUE follow.

Instrument Panel

●

Appears when you open the driver’s door while the
ignition key is in ACCESSORY (q .

●

Appears when the ignition key is turned to
ACCESSORY (q from ON (w . (The driver’s door is
closed.)

●

Explanation

Appears when you open the driver’s door while the
ignition key is in LOCK (0 .

2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the MultiInformation Display P. 226

●

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 , then remove the
key.

—

●

Remove the key from the ignition switch.

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 74 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

2013 TSX
QRG

Message
6-cylinder models
U.S.

TOC
Instrument Panel

Index

Canada

Condition
●

Appears when the starter system has a problem.

Explanation
●

As a temporary measure, hold the ignition switch to
START (e for up to 15 seconds and start the engine.
Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 75 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Gauges and Multi-Information Display
QRG

2013 TSX

Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and temperature gauge.
They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w .

■ Speedometer
TOC

Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).

Instrument Panel

■ Fuel Gauge
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE

You should refuel when the reading approaches E .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.

■ Temperature Gauge
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.

■ Tachometer
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE

Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 288

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 76 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

QRG

2013 TSX

Multi-Information Display
The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges.
It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.

TOC

■ Switching the Display

Instrument Panel

Press the

(information) button or the SEL/RESET button to change the display.

HFL *

Trip Computer

Button

Engine Oil Life

Index

SEL/RESET Button

* Not available on all models

Odometer

Trip B

Trip A

Outside Temperature

: Press the
button.
: Press the SEL/RESET button.
Shown when Bluetooth®
HandsFreeLink® is activated.

Tire Pressure
for each tire

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 77 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Odometer
Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has
accumulated.
TOC
Instrument Panel

■ Trip Meter

1Trip Meter

Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last
reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure 2 separate trips.

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the SEL/RESET button.

■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip
meter is reset to 0.0.

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 78 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Outside Temperature
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
TOC
Instrument Panel

Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.

1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road
heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the
temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less
than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the multi-information display’s customized
features to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 80

■ Instant Fuel Economy
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.

■ Average Fuel Economy
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100
km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the
average fuel economy is also reset.

■ Range
Index

Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the fuel remaining. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your trips in the past.

1Average Fuel Economy
You can change whether to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 80

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 79 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Elapsed Time

1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 80

The elapsed time display shows the time during one drive cycle.

TOC

■ Average Speed

Instrument Panel

The display shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the last
time Trip A was reset.

■ Engine Oil Life
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 225

■ Tire Pressure Monitor
Shows each tire’s pressure.
2 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) P. 206

■ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Shows your paired cell phone’s information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 167

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 80 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Customized Features

1Customized Features

Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.

■ How to customize
TOC
Instrument Panel

Press and hold the
is in ON (w .

button for a few seconds while the ignition switch

Multi-Information
Display:
Goes to customize
settings.

To customize other features, press the
button.
2 List of customizable options P. 82
2 Example for customization settings P. 84
Customization is possible when you see the driver’s
ID (DRIVER 1 or DRIVER 2) on the CHG setting
screen.
The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter
you have used to unlock the driver’s door.
The customized settings are recalled every time you
unlock the driver’s door with that remote.
When you customize settings:
Automatic transmission models

Button:
Changes the customize
menus and items
SEL/RESET button:
Enters the selected
item

Index

Shift to (P
Manual transmission models

Set the parking brake

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 81 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Customization flow
Press and hold the

button.
LANGUAGE SELECTION

TOC

CHG SETTING

SEL/RESET

METER SETUP

SEL/RESET

ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP. DISPLAY

Instrument Panel

TRIP A RESET with REFUEL
ELAPSED TIME RESET

DEFAULT ALL

POSITION SETUP

SEL/RESET

MEMORY POSITION LINK *

INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMING TIME
EXIT

LIGHTING SETUP

SEL/RESET

HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER
AUTO LIGHT SENSITIVITY
AUTO DOOR LOCK
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK

DOOR SETUP

SEL/RESET

DOOR LOCK MODE
KEYLESS LOCK ACKNOWLEDGMENT
SECURITY RELOCK TIMER

Index
SEL/RESET

* Not available on all models

EXIT

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 82 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

2013 TSX
QRG

■ List of customizable options
Setup Group

TOC
Instrument Panel

METER
SETUP

POSITION
SETUP

LIGHTING
SETUP

Customizable Features

Selectable settings

LANGUAGE SELECTION

Changes the displayed language.

ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP.
DISPLAY

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.

TRIP A RESET with
REFUEL

Sets Trip A and the average fuel economy to reset
when you refuel.

ON/OFF*1

ELAPSED TIME RESET

Changes the resetting conditions of the elapsed
time.

IGN OFF*1/TRIP A/TRIP B

MEMORY POSITION
LINK *

Changes the driver’s seat position to a stored
setting.

ON*1/OFF

INTERIOR LIGHT
DIMMING TIME

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.

60sec/30sec*1/15sec

HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF
TIMER

Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.

60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec

AUTO LIGHT
SENSITIVITY

Changes the timing for the headlights to come on.

MAX/HIGH/MID*1/LOW/MIN

*1: Default Setting

Index

Description

* Not available on all models

ENGLISH*1/FRENCH/SPANISH
-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada)

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 83 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

2013 TSX
QRG

Setup Group

Customizable Features

Description

Selectable settings

Changes the setting for the automatic locking
feature.

OFF/ WITH VEH SPD*1/SHIFT
FROM P (A/T only)

AUTO DOOR UNLOCK

Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.

OFF/DRIVER DOOR With
SHIFT to P*2 (A/T only)/ALL
DOORS With SHIFT to P (A/T
only)/DRIVER DOOR With IGN
OFF*3/ALL DOORS With IGN
OFF

DOOR LOCK MODE

Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first push of the remote.

DRIVER DOOR*1/ALL DOORS

KEYLESS LOCK
ACKNOWLEDGMENT

LOCK/UNLOCK - The exterior lights flash LOCK (2nd
push) - The beeper sounds

ON*1/OFF

SECURITY RELOCK
TIMER

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec*1

Sets/Cancels all the customized settings as default.

SET/CANCEL

AUTO DOOR LOCK
TOC
Instrument Panel

DOOR
SETUP

DEFAULT ALL
*1: Default Setting
*2: Default Setting for automatic transmission
*3: Default Setting for manual transmission

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 84 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Example for customization settings
The steps for changing the TRIP A RESET with REFUEL setting to ON are shown
below. The default setting for TRIP A RESET with REFUEL is OFF.
TOC

1. Press and hold the
button until
CHG SETTING appears on the display.

Instrument Panel

2. Press the SEL/RESET button to go into the
METER SETUP group.
3. Press the SEL/RESET button again.
u LANGUAGE SELECTION appears first in
the display.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 85 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

2013 TSX
QRG

TOC

4. Press the
button until TRIP A
RESET with REFUEL appears on the
display, then press the SEL/RESET button.
u The display switches to the
Customization setup screen, where you
can select ON, OFF, or EXIT.

Instrument Panel

5. Press the
button and select ON,
then press the SEL/RESET button.
u The ON setup screen appears, then the
display returns to the Customization
menu screen.

6. Press the
button until EXIT
appears in the display, then press the SEL/
RESET button.
7. Repeat step 6 until you return to the normal
screen.
Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 86 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 87 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Index

Setting the Clock ................................ 88
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................... 89
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside ............................................ 91
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................... 93
Childproof Door Locks ....................... 94
Auto Door Lock/Unlock ...................... 94
Opening and Closing the Trunk......... 95
Security System .................................. 98
Immobilizer System ............................ 98
Security System Alarm........................ 98
Opening and Closing the Windows ...100
* Not available on all models

Opening and Closing the Moonroof.. 103
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
Ignition Switch................................. 104
Turn Signals ..................................... 105
Light Switches.................................. 105
Fog Lights ........................................ 107
Daytime Running Lights ................... 107
Wipers and Washers ........................ 108
Brightness Control ........................... 109

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button........................................ 110

Adjusting the Mirror ........................ 114
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 114
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 114
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 116
Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 116
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items ................................................ 125
Interior Lights .................................. 125
Interior Convenience Items .............. 126
Climate Control System ................... 133
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 133
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 136

Driving Position Memory System * .... 111
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 113

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 88 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Setting the Clock
QRG

2013 TSX

Clock
Models without navigation system

1Clock

You can adjust the time in the clock display, using the CLOCK button.

You can switch the clock display between 24 hours
and 12 hours when in the menu mode.

■ Adjusting the Time
Menu Button

Selector Knob Icon details
Rotate
to select.
Press
to enter.

1. Press the MENU button.
2. Rotate
to select CLOCK ADJUST in
the display.

TOC
Controls

3. Press

. CLOCK ADJUST appears.

4. Rotate
to select the item you want to
adjust (12/24 hour mode, hour, minute).
Then press .
12/24 Hour Mode

5. Rotate

to make the adjustment.

6. Press to enter your selection. The display
returns to CLOCK ADJUST. Repeat steps 4
to 6 to adjust other items.
Hour Setting
Minute Setting

7. To enter the selection, Rotate
SET, then press .

and select

8. Press the MENU button to go back to the
normal display.
Index

To set the time to the nearest hour:
Press and hold the CLOCK button until the clock
display begins to blink, then press the (3 (Reset)
button.
Depending on the displayed time, the clock sets
forward or backward.
Example:
1:06 will reset to 1:00
1:53 will reset to 2:00
Models with navigation system

The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 89 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Locking and Unlocking the Doors
QRG

2013 TSX

Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:

1Key Types and Functions

■ Retractable Master Keys
Panic Button

TOC

Trunk Button

Controls

Lock
Button

Unlock
Button

Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and
to lock and unlock all the doors, trunk, and
fuel fill door. You can also use the remote
transmitter to lock and unlock the doors,
trunk, and fuel fill door.
Models with a driving position system

The seat automatically moves to the preset
position when you unlock the door using the
remote transmitter on the master key.
2 Driving Position Memory System * P. 111
Release Button
Release Button
Press

The master key folds up inside the remote
transmitter.
1. Press the release button to release the key
out from the transmitter.
u Make sure to fully extend the key.
2. To close the key, press the release button
then push the key inside the transmitter
until you hear a click.

Index

* Not available on all models

Continued

All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 98
The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
• Keep the keys away from liquids.
• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
If the key is not fully extended, the immobilizer
system may not work properly, and the engine may
not start.
Avoid contact with the key whenever it extends or
retracts.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 90 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Valet Key

1Valet Key

Can be used to start and stop the engine, and
lock and unlock driver’s door.

When you need to leave a key with a third party,
leave the valet key.

TOC
Controls

■ Key Number Tag

1Key Number Tag

Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 91 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

QRG

2013 TSX

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
1Using the Remote Transmitter

■ Using the Remote Transmitter
■ Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Unlock
Button

TOC

LED

Lock
Button

Once:
uSome exterior lights flash, all the doors,
trunk, and fuel fill door lock, and the
security system sets.

Controls

Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
uA beeper sounds and verifies the security
system is set.

■ Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
uSome exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver’s door and fuel fill door unlocks.
Twice:
uThe remaining doors and the
trunk unlock.

Open the door within 30 seconds.
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you press
the unlock button.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 125
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote transmitter will not work when the key is
in the ignition switch. The remote will not lock the
vehicle when a door is open.
If the distance at which it works varies, the battery is
probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Battery P. 269

Index

Continued

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 92 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
Fully insert the key and turn it.
If you are using the master key, make sure it is
fully extended.

TOC

Lock

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
other doors, trunk, and fuel fill door lock at the same
time. When unlocking, the driver’s door and fuel fill
door unlock first. Turn the key a second time within a
few seconds to unlock the remaining doors and the
trunk.

Unlock

Controls

■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key
■ Locking the driver’s door
Pull the lock tab rearward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.

■ Locking the passenger’s doors
Pull the lock tab rearward and close the door.

■ Lockout prevention system
Index

The doors cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch, and any
door is open.

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors,
trunk, and fuel fill door lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand before
locking the door to prevent it from being locked in
the vehicle.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 93 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

QRG

2013 TSX

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Using the Lock Tab
Lock Tab

To Lock

1Using the Lock Tab

■ Locking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.

■ Unlocking a door
Push the lock tab forward.

To Unlock

When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all the other doors, trunk, and fuel fill
door lock at the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.

TOC
Controls

■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch
To Lock

Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors.

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock the driver’s door using the
master lock switch, all the other doors, trunk, and
fuel fill door lock/unlock at the same time.

To Unlock

Master Door
Lock Switch

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 94 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

QRG

2013 TSX

Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.

■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.

1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.

■ When opening the door

TOC
Controls

Open the door using the outside door handle.
Unlock

Lock

Auto Door Lock/Unlock
■ Auto door lock
The auto door lock function automatically locks all the doors when the vehicle
reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

■ Auto door unlock
Automatic transmission models

When you depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever to (P , the driver’s door
automatically unlocks.
Index

Manual transmission models

When you depress the brake pedal and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 , the
driver’s door automatically unlocks.

1Auto Door Lock/Unlock
The auto door lock/unlock settings can be
customized using the multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 80

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 95 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Opening and Closing the Trunk
QRG

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk

2013 TSX

■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.

TOC

■ Closing the trunk
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
uAvoid possible damage.
uPrevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 60

Controls

Using the Trunk Opener
Trunk Release

Pressing the trunk release to the lower left of
the driver's seat unlocks and opens the trunk.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 96 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Remote Transmitter

QRG

2013 TSX

Using the Remote Transmitter
Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.

1Using the Remote Transmitter
When the driver’s door is locked:
The trunk will lock when it is closed.
When the driver’s door is unlocked:
The trunk will not lock when it is closed.

Trunk
Button

When the ignition switch is in any position except
LOCK (0 , you cannot open the trunk using the trunk
release button on the remote transmitter.

TOC
Controls

Using the Trunk Release Switch
Push up the release switch on the trunk lid
after the doors are unlocked.

Release Switch

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 97 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuTrunk Main Switch

QRG

2013 TSX

Trunk Main Switch
The trunk main switch disables the trunk
opener on the driver’s side and the trunk
release button on the trunk lid to protect
luggage in the trunk.

TOC

Main Switch

OFF

1. Make sure the rear seat-backs are not
folded down.

1Trunk Main Switch
If you need to give the key to someone else, give
them the valet key.
The trunk release button on the remote transmitter is
always enabled, even when the trunk main switch is
off.

2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the
glove box.

Controls

3. Lock the glove box.

Emergency Trunk Opener
Lever

The trunk release lever allows you to open the
trunk from inside for your safety.

1Emergency Trunk Opener
Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.

Slide the release lever in the direction of
the arrow.

Index

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 98 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Security System
QRG

The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch.
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
TOC
Controls

• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the n
ignition switch.

Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the doors, trunk, or hood are opened
without the key, or remote transmitter. It also activates if you turn the ignition
switch to ON (w after locking the doors with the remote transmitter.

■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently, and all the exterior lights flash.

■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, or remote transmitter. The system, along with the
horn and flashing lights, are deactivated.
Index

2013 TSX

Immobilizer System
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE

Leaving the ignition key in the vehicle can result in
theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the ignition key with you whenever you
leave the vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.

1Security System Alarm
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 99 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The ignition switch is in LOCK (0 , and the key has been removed from the
ignition switch.
• The hood and trunk are closed.
TOC

1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab or the master
door lock switch.
• Opening the trunk with the release button on the
driver’s door or the emergency trunk opener.

• All doors are locked with the remote transmitter.

Controls

■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.

■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key or
remote transmitter. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.

If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key or remote transmitter.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another
device to it.

■ Panic Mode
■ The PANIC button on the remote

PANIC
Button

Index

transmitter
If you press the PANIC button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash for about 30
seconds.

■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
99

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 100 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Opening and Closing the Windows
QRG

The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON
(w , using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to open
and close all the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not
pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than
the driver’s seat.
TOC
Controls

When the power window lock button is turned on (pushed in, indicator on), you can
only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on when
children are in the vehicle.

■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
■ Automatic operation
On
Off
Power Window
Lock Button
Driver’s
Window
Switch

Indicator

Front Passenger’s Window Switch

To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.

■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly.

Index

To close: Pull the switch up lightly.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.

100

2013 TSX

Opening/Closing the Power Windows
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

3 WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 101 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Opening/Closing Windows without
Auto-Open/Close Function

To open: Push the switch down.
Close

To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.

TOC

Open

Controls

■ Opening Windows and Moonroof
with the Remote Transmitter

To open: Press the unlock button twice
within 10 seconds and hold it down for the
second time. If the windows stop midway,
repeat the procedure.

Unlock
Button

Index

Continued

101

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 102 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Opening/Closing the Windows/Moonroof with the Key
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.

TOC
Controls

Index

102

Open

To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows/
moonroof at the desired position. If you
want further adjustment, repeat the
same operation.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 103 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Opening and Closing the Moonroof
2013 TSX
QRG

■ Opening/Closing the Moonroof
You can only operate the moonroof when the ignition switch is in ON (w . Use the
switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly,
then release.
TOC

To close: Push the switch forward firmly,
then release.

Controls

The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.

■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.

■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the
moonroof switch.
Index

1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

3 WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone’s hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
NOTICE

Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you turn the ignition switch off.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers,
are clear of the moonroof.

To close: Push the switch forward firmly,
then release.

103

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 104 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
QRG

2013 TSX

Ignition Switch
1Ignition Switch
Manual transmission models

3 WARNING

(0 LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this

position.
(q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.

TOC

(w ON: This is the position when driving.

Controls

(e START: This position is for starting the engine.
The switch returns to ON (w when you let go of
the key.

Removing the key from the ignition switch
while driving locks the steering. This can
cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
Remove the key from the ignition switch
only when parked.
Automatic transmission models

You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is
in (P .
All models

Index

104

If you open the driver’s door when the key is in LOCK
(0 or ACCESSORY (q , a warning buzzer will sound
to remind you to take the key out.
When this happens, the following messages appear
on the multi-information display:
• In LOCK (0 : REMOVE KEY.
• In ACCESSORY (q : REMOVE KEY. The buzzer will
stop when you take the key out.
If the key won’t turn from LOCK (0 to ACCESSORY
(q , turn the key while moving the steering wheel left
and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing
the key to turn.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 105 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

QRG

2013 TSX

Turn Signals
Right Turn

The turn signals can be used when the ignition
switch is in ON (w .

Left Turn

TOC
Controls

Light Switches

1Light Switches
If you remove the key from the ignition switch while
the light is on, a chime sounds when the driver’s door
is opened.

■ Manual Operation
High Beams

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the position of the
ignition switch.

■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams

Index

Turns on parking, side marker,
tail and license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking, side
marker, tail, and license plate
lights

■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.

Repeatedly turning the headlights on and off reduces
the life of the HID headlight bulbs.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.

■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.

Continued

105

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 106 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the ignition switch is in ON (w .
When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
uYou can change the auto light
sensitivity setting.

TOC

1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.

Controls

Light Sensor

2 Customized Features P. 80

■ Automatic lighting off feature
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off
within 15 seconds after you remove the key and close the driver’s door.
uYou can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 80
Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:

If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 with the headlight switch on, but do not
open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the
AUTO position).

Index

106

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

Setting
MAX
HIGH
MID
LOW
MIN

The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Bright

Dark

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 107 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights

QRG

2013 TSX

Fog Lights
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.

TOC

1Fog Lights
When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Indicators P. 64

Fog Light Switch

Controls

Daytime Running Lights
The high beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following
conditions have been met:
• The ignition switch is in ON (w .
• The headlight switch is off, or in

• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition
switch will turn off the daytime running lights.
The high beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight
switch is turned on.
Index

107

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 108 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

QRG

2013 TSX

Wipers and Washers
■ Front Wiper/Washer

1Wipers and Washers

The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the ignition switch is in ON (w .

■ MIST
TOC

Pull to
use
washer.

The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.

Controls

■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring

MIST
OFF
INT: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe

Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.

■ Adjusting the delay
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the
wiper delay.
Long delay

Short delay

■ Washer
Index

108

Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, the wipers make
two or three more sweeps before stopping.

NOTICE

Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE

In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield, becoming stuck.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the
wipers make a single sweep.
The wiper operation of the shortest delay setting ( )
and the LO setting become the same when the
vehicle speeds up.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 109 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

QRG

2013 TSX

Brightness Control
When the parking lights are turned on and the
ignition switch is in ON (w , you can use the
brightness control knob to adjust instrument
panel brightness.

1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.

Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.

TOC

Control Knob

Controls

Dim: Turn the knob to the left.

Pressing either
switches the display.

You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. The multiinformation display will return to its
original state several seconds after you
adjust the brightness.

If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness
display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels
the reduced instrument panel brightness when the
exterior lights are on.

■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the multiinformation display while you are adjusting it.
As the brightness level increases to the right,
the instrument panel gets brighter.

(information) button

The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.

Index

109

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 110 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

QRG

Press the rear defogger and heated door
mirror button to defog the rear window and
mirrors when the ignition is in ON (w .

TOC
Controls

Index

110

2013 TSX

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period when
the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery,
making it difficult to start the engine.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 111 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System *

QRG

2013 TSX

Driving Position Memory System *
You can store two driver’s seat positions with the driving position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, the seat
adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions.
The multi-information display shows you which remote transmitter you used to
unlock the vehicle when you enter.
• Driver 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.

TOC

• Driver 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.

Controls

Driver 1

Driver 2

1Driving Position Memory System *
Using the multi-information display, you can disable
the automatic seat adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 80
You can cancel the driving position memory link and
customized settings. Press and hold the lock and
unlock buttons at the same time. The LED in the
remote transmitter blinks twice and the default
settings are restored.
To turn the memory position link settings back on,
repeat this procedure. The LED will blink once.

Index

* Not available on all models

Continued

111

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 112 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System *

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Storing a Position in Memory
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2

1. Adjust the driver’s seat to the desired
position, and turn the ignition switch to
ON (w .
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear the beeper, and the
memory button indicator light will blink.

TOC
Controls

Set Button

Automatic transmission models

1. Move the shift lever to (P .
All models

2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ).
u You will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light will blink.
Index

112

After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
• You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
• You readjust the seat position before the doublebeep.
• You turn the ignition switch to any position except
ON (w .

3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five
seconds of pressing the SET button.
u Once the seat position has been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on.

■ Recalling the Stored Position
Memory Buttons

1Storing a Position in Memory

The seat will automatically move to the
memorized position. When it has finished
moving, you will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light stays on.

1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you:
• Press the SET button, or a memory button ( (1 or
(2 ).
• Adjust the seat position.
Automatic transmission models

• Shift into any position except (P .
Manual transmission models

• Release the parking brake.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 113 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

QRG

2013 TSX

Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.

To adjust

2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.

TOC
Controls

To lock

Lever

3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.

1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

3 WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.

Index

113

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 114 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Adjusting the Mirror
QRG

Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct
driving position.

■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
When driving after dark, the automatic
dimming rearview mirror reduces the glare
from headlights behind you. Press the auto
button to turn this function on and off.
When activated, the auto indicator comes on.

TOC
Controls

Indicator

Sensor
Auto Button

Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
ignition switch is in ON (w .

■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Index

114

2013 TSX

Interior Rearview Mirror

Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch

Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move
the mirror.

1Adjusting the Mirror
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 116
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
The auto dimming function cancels when the shift
position is in (R .

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 115 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAdjusting the MirroruPower Door Mirrors

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Reverse Tilt Door Mirror
If activated, the passenger side door mirror
automatically tilts downward when you put
the shift lever in (R ; this improves close-in
visibility on the passenger side of the vehicle
when backing up. The mirror automatically
returns to its original position when you shift
out of (R .

TOC
Controls

Selector Switch

To activate this feature, turn the ignition
switch to ON (w and slide the selector switch
to the passenger’s side.

Index

115

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 116 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Adjusting the Seats
QRG

2013 TSX

Adjusting the Seat Positions
Allow sufficient
space.

TOC

Move back.

Controls

Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.

■ Adjusting the front seat

1Adjusting the Seats

3 WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.

Horizontal Position
Adjustment

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

Height Adjustment
(Driver’s seat only)
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment

Index

116

Driver’s seat is shown

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 117 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.

TOC
Controls

The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

3 WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.

Index

Continued

117

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 118 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Adjusting the Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints
in all seating positions.

TOC
Controls

Position head in the center
of the head restraint.

Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.

■ Adjusting the front and rear outer head restraint positions
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restrain: Push it down
while pressing the release button.

Index

118

1Adjusting the Head Restraints

3 WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats have active
head restraints.
2 Active Head Restraints P. 122

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 119 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Changing the Center Rear Seat Head Restraint Position
A passenger sitting in the center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.

TOC

To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.

Controls

To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the r
release button.

■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

3 WARNING

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.

Index

To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.

Continued

Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.

119

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 120 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Adjusting the Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support
The firmness of the seat-back can be adjusted.
To make it firmer:
Pull the lever backward.
To make it less firm:
Push the lever forward.
TOC
Controls

Index

120

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 121 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on
their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in
their seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the
engine is off.

TOC
Controls

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example,
if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is
greatly increased.

3 WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.

Index

Continued

121

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 122 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Active Head Restraints
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats have active head restraints. In a rear impact,
an occupant properly secured by a seat belt will be pushed against the seat-back and
the head restraint will move forward. This reduces the distance between the
restraint and the occupant’s head, which helps reduce the likelihood of whiplash
and injuries to the neck and upper spine.
TOC
Controls

Index

122

1Active Head Restraints
In order for the active head restraints to operate
properly:
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any object between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.
After a collision, the activated restraint should return
to its normal position. If the restraint does not return
to its normal position, or in the event of a severe
collision, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 123 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats

QRG

2013 TSX

Rear Seats
■ Folding Down the Rear Seats
1. Remove the center shoulder belt from
the guide.

Guide

1Folding Down the Rear Seats
The rear seat-backs can be folded down to
accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.
Never drive with a seat-back folded down and the
trunk lid open.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 60

TOC
Controls

Center
Shoulder
Belt

Release
Lever

2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release
the lock.

Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 45

3. Fold the seat-back down.
If the rear head restraints get caught on the
front seat-backs, remove the head restraints.
Index

To lock a seat-back upright, push it backwards until it
locks.
When returning a seat-back to it’s original position,
push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder
belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the
center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.

Also make sure all items in the trunk or items
extending through the opening into the rear
seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly
forward if you have to brake hard.

2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head
Restraints P. 119

123

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 124 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

QRG

2013 TSX

Armrest
■ Using the Front Seat Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Push the release lever and slide the armrest to
a desired position. Release the lever to lock
the position.

TOC
Controls

■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest
Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.

Index

124

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 125 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
QRG

2013 TSX

Interior Lights
■ Interior Light Switches
Door Activated Position

Front

Off

TOC

1Interior Light Switches

■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.

■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the
following situations:

Controls

• When any of the doors are opened.
Rear

Door Activated Position
On

Off

• You unlock the driver’s door.
• You remove the key from the ignition
switch.

■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.

■ Map Lights
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.

Index

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
• When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
• When you remove the key from the ignition switch
but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 80
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
• When you lock the driver’s door.
• When you close the driver’s door with the key in
the ignition switch.
• When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
If you leave any of the doors open without the key in
the ignition switch, the interior lights go off after
about 15 minutes.
1Map Lights
When the ceiling light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, the map light will not
go off when you press the lens.

125

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 126 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

QRG

■ Glove Box

1Glove Box

Pull the handle to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the master key.
To Lock

Controls

Glove Box

■ Detachable shelf
The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To
remove it, disengage the tabs.

Shelf

126

3 WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.

TOC

Index

2013 TSX

Interior Convenience Items

The glove box light comes on when the parking lights
are on.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 127 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Console Compartment

1Console Compartment

Pull the handle to open the console
compartment.

Use only resealable containers or keep unopened
cans in the console compartment.
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery and
electrical components in the console compartment.

To use the console lid as an armrest, slide it to
the desired position while pulling up the
release lever.

When the heater begins to divert warm air, the
airflow into the console compartment is shut off.

TOC
Controls

You can keep beverage bottles and cans cool
with the air conditioning system.
1. Turn the dial counterclockwise to open the
air vent in the console compartment.

Close
Open

2. Turn on the climate control system and
adjust the temperature to cool.
3. Set the mode control
or
.
u The cool air is diverted through the
air vent.

Index

Continued

127

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 128 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Beverage Holders

1Beverage Holders

■ Front seat beverage holders
Press the raised detent to open the lid. To
close the lid, push it down until it latches.

NOTICE

Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.

TOC

Push

Controls

■ Rear seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.

Index

128

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 129 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Accessory Power Sockets

1Accessory Power Sockets

There are two accessory power sockets; one in
the console compartment and the other at the
front of the center console. They can be used
when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY (q
or ON (w .
TOC

Open the cover to use it.

NOTICE

Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
ories that are rated 120
power for 12 volt DC access
watts or less (10 amps).

Controls

To prevent battery drain,
with the engine running.

only use the power socket

When both sockets are being used, the combined
ries should not exceed
power rating of the accesso
120 watts (10 amps).

Index

Continued

129

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 130 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Coat Hooks

1Coat Hooks

There are coat hooks on the rear left and right
grab handles. Pull them down to use them.

The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy
items.

TOC
Controls

■ Cargo Hooks

1Cargo Hooks

The cargo hooks in the trunk can be used to
install a net for securing items.

Hooks

Index

130

Distribute cargo evenly on the floor of the trunk,
placing the heaviest items on the bottom and as far
forward as possible.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 185

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 131 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Sunglasses Holder

1Sunglasses Holder

To open the sunglasses holder, push and
release the indent. To close, push it again until
it latches.

TOC

Push

Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.

You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.

Controls

Index

Continued

131

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 132 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Seat Heaters

1Seat Heaters

The ignition switch must be in ON (w to use
the seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats
faster than the LO setting.
There is no heater in the passenger’s seatback due to the side airbag cutoff system.
TOC
Controls

Index

132

While in HI, the heater cycles on and off.
uThe appropriate indicator will be on
while the seat heater is on. Briefly
press the button on the opposite side
to turn the heater off. The indicator
will be off. When a comfortable
temperature is reached, select LO to
keep the seat warm.

3 WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and
does not automatically turn off after a period of time.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 133 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Climate Control System
QRG

2013 TSX

Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that will as quickly as
possible, raise or lower the interior temperature to your preference.

TOC

Dashboard vents Dashboard and floor
and back of the vents, and back of
center console *
the center console *

Floor vents

If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.

Floor and
defroster
vents

Controls

AUTO Button

A/C (Air Conditioning)
Button

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
button is pressed.

Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch

Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Switch

Once you have set the desired temperature, do not
use the temperature control switches more than
necessary.

(Recirculation) Button

(Fan Control) Bar

Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side control
switch.
3. Press the ON/OFF button to cancel.

Index

1Using Automatic Climate Control

■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the
(recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions.
Recirculation Mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh Air Mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
* Not available on all models

Continued

Doing so may delay the time it takes to reach the set
temperature.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the ON/OFF button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.

133

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 134 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
Pressing the
button turns the air
conditioner system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
Press the
button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
TOC
Controls

■ To rapidly defrost the windows
2. Press the

134

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.

1. Press the

Index

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

1To rapidly defrost the windows

button.
button.

After defrosting or defogging the windows, switch
over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in
recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from
humidity. This impedes visibility.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 135 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuSynchronized Mode

QRG

2013 TSX

Synchronized Mode
1Synchronized Mode

When you press the
button, the system changes
to synchronized mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver side
temperature and the passenger side temperature can
be set separately.

TOC
Controls

You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger
side in synchronized mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system will switch to synchronized mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using driver’s side temperature control switch.
Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.

Index

135

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 136 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

QRG

Automatic Climate Control Sensors
Sunlight Sensor

TOC
Controls

Index

136

Temperature Sensor

The automatic climate control system is
equipped with a sunlight sensor and an
interior temperature sensor. Do not cover or
spill any liquid on them.

2013 TSX

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 137 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Index

Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 138
USB Adapter Cable .......................... 139
Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 140
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 140
Audio System Basic Operation
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 142
Playing the AM/FM Radio ................. 143
Playing the XM® Radio ..................... 145
Playing a CD .................................... 147
Playing an iPod®............................... 150
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 153
* Not available on all models

Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 156
Audio Error Messages
CD Player......................................... 158
iPod®/USB Flash Drive....................... 159
Audio Remote Controls.................... 160
General Information on the Audio
System
XM® Radio Service ........................... 161
Recommended CDs ......................... 162

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Using HFL ........................................ 167
HFL Menus ...................................... 169
Compass * .......................................... 179

Compatible iPod® and USB Flash Drives... 164

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Training HomeLink........................... 165

137

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 138 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Audio System
QRG

2013 TSX

About Your Audio System
On models with the navigation system, see the Navigation System Manual for
operation of the audio system, AcuraLink *, Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®, and voice
commands for these features.
The audio system features AM/FM radio and the XM® Radio service. It can also play
CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, iPod®, USB flash drives, and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or
the remote controls on the steering wheel.

1About Your Audio System
XM® Radio is available on a subscription basis only.
For more information on XM® Radio, contact a
dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 161
XM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
XM® is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio, Inc.

TOC
Features

XM® Radio
Remote Control

iPod®

USB Flash
Drive

Index

138

* Not available on all models

Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.
iPod® is a registered trademark owned by Apple Inc.
State or local laws may limit the circumstances in
which you can launch or control your attached audio
device.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 139 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio SystemuUSB Adapter Cable

QRG

2013 TSX

USB Adapter Cable
1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the
adapter cable.
2. Connect the iPod® dock connector or the
USB flash drive to the USB connector.

1USB Adapter Cable

• Do not leave the iPod® or USB flash drive in the
•
•
•

TOC

•

Features

•

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
Do not use an extension cable with the USB
adapter cable.
Do not connect the iPod® or USB flash drive using a
hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod®, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod® or visit www.apple.com/
ipod.

Index

139

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 140 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack

QRG

2013 TSX

Auxiliary Input Jack
Use the jack in the console compartment to connect standard audio devices.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.

1Auxiliary Input Jack
To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode
buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by
pressing the AUX button.
You cannot use the auxiliary input jack if you replace
the audio system.

TOC
Features

Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead.

■ Entering the audio security code
ENTER CODE appears on the display when the power is reconnected.
1. Turn on the audio system.
2. Enter the audio security code using the preset buttons. If you enter an incorrect
digit, continue to the last digit, then try again. If you do not enter the code
correctly after 10 tries, you need to visit a dealer to have the system reset.
Index

140

1Audio System Theft Protection
Find the audio system’s security code and serial
number on the radio code card.
Do not store the card in your vehicle. If you lose the
radio code card, you must obtain the information
from a dealer.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 141 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Audio System Basic Operation
2013 TSX
QRG

To use the audio system function, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or
ON (w .
Use the selector knob or MENU button to
access some audio functions.

1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate
Press

to select.
to enter.

Press
to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions. The
extended display has three segments to
display detailed information.
RETURN
Button

Selector
Knob

MENU
Button

TOC
Features

Menu Display

Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press
to set
your selection.
MENU button: Press to select any setting
such as the clock, sound control, or the
compass. Press this button again to cancel the
menu display mode.
RETURN button: Press to go back to the
previous display.

Index

141

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 142 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

QRG

2013 TSX

Adjusting the Sound
Press the MENU button, and rotate
to
adjust the setting. Rotate
to scroll through
the following choices:

Selector MENU
Knob
Button

SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.

TREBLE
FADER

TOC
Features

BALANCE
SUBW
FADER is selectable.

SVC
CLOCK ADJUST

Index

142

When the adjustment level reaches the center, you
will see C in the display.
The SVC has four modes: OFF, LOW, MID, and
HIGH.

BASS
RETURN
Button

1Adjusting the Sound

Subwoofer
Speed-sensitive
Volume
Compensation
Clock setting

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 143 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the AM/FM Radio

QRG

Playing the AM/FM Radio

VOL/ Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
AM/FM Button
Press to select a band.

TOC
Features

Index

2013 TSX

Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it
until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a
band, then press the preset button.

TITLE Button
Press to switch the RDS name
on and off.
CATEGORY Bar
Press either side to display and
select an RDS category.

SCAN Button
Press to sample each of the strongest
stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
To turn off scan, press the button again.

SKIP Bar
Press and hold to search up and
down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.
A.SEL (Auto Select) Button
Press to scan both bands and store
the strongest station in each preset.
To turn off auto select, press the
button again. This restores the
presets you originally set.
Selector Knob
Turn to tune the radio frequency.

Continued

143

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 144 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the AM/FM Radio

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Radio Data System (RDS)

1Playing the AM/FM Radio

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS capable FM station.

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.

■ RDS INFO ON

Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.

Press the TITLE button while listening to an RDS capable station. RDS INFO ON
appears, and the station name is displayed.

Switching the Audio Mode
Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 160

■ To find an RDS station from your selected program category
RDS Category

TOC

1. Press the CATEGORY bar to display and
select an RDS category.

Features

2. Use SKIP or SCAN to select an RDS station.

You can store six AM stations and twelve FM stations
in the preset buttons. FM1 and FM2 let you store six
stations each.
A.SEL function scans and stores up to six AM stations
and twelve FM stations with a strong signal in the
preset buttons.
If you do not like the stations auto select has stored,
you can store other frequencies in the preset buttons
manually.
1Radio Data System (RDS)
The display shows up to 31 characters of text data.
Press and hold the TITLE button to see additional
characters. indicates that the text data continues.
The display goes back to the previous screen if you
press and hold the button again.

Index

144

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 145 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the XM® Radio

QRG

(XM®) Button
Press to select XM® Radio.

TOC

TITLE Button
Press and release to cycle the
display between the name, title,
and category.

Features

Index

2013 TSX

Playing the XM® Radio

VOL/ Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.

Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store the channel:
1. Select the channel.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it
until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select
XM, then press the preset button.

CATEGORY Bar
Press either side to display and
select an XM® Radio category.

SKIP Bar
Press to skip to the previous or
next channel.

SCAN Button
Press to sample all channels (in the channel
mode), or channels within a category (in the
category mode).
Each sampling continues for a few seconds.
Press SCAN again to cancel scanning and
continue listening to the channel.

MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.

Selector Knob
Turn to select channels.

Continued

145

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 146 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying the XM® Radio

2013 TSX
QRG

■ To Play the XM® Radio
1. Press the

1Playing the XM® Radio

button to select the XM® radio band (XM1 or XM2).

2. Press and hold the TITLE button to switch between the channel mode and
category mode.
If you press the MENU button, rotate
to select MODE/CATEGORY or MODE
CHANNEL. Each time you press , the mode switches between them.
Press the
button to enter the setting.

You can store twelve XM® stations in the preset
buttons. XM1 and XM2 let you store six stations
each.

3. Select a channel using the TUNE (
Preset buttons.

There may be instances when XM® Radio does not
broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This
does not indicate a problem with your audio system.

), SKIP, CATEGORY, SCAN, or

TOC
Features

■ To Select a Channel from a List
1. Press

to display a channel list.

2. Rotate
to select a channel, then
press .

Channel list is shown.

Index

146

In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 147 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

QRG

2013 TSX

Playing a CD

Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.

Knob
VOL/
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.

TOC

TITLE Button
Press to display the text data on a CD
(if it was recorded with text data).

CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the
CD slot.

Features

(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.

CATEGORY Bar
Press to skip to the next folder,
and to skip to the beginning of
the previous folder in MP3 or WMA.

Index

CD Button
Press to play a CD.

SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second sampling of each song.
● Press to sample all tracks on the CD (all files
in the current folder in MP3 or WMA).
● Press two times to sample the first file in
each of the main folders (MP3 or WMA).
● To turn off scan, press and hold the button.

SKIP Bar
Press
or
to change tracks
(files in MP3 or WMA).
MENU Button
Press to display menu items
(if available).
Selector Knob
Turn to change tracks/files. Turn
to select an item, then press
ENTER to set your selection.
RETURN Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Continued

147

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 148 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

2013 TSX
QRG

■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the

1Playing a CD

Selector Knob (MP3/WMA)

1. Press

NOTICE

to switch the display to a folder list.

Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays UNSUPPORTED, then
skips to the next file.

Folder Selection

2. Rotate

to select a folder.

Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.

TOC
Features

Track Selection

3. Press
to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate

to select a file, then press

The display shows up to 31 characters of text data.
Press and hold the TITLE button to see additional
characters. indicates that the text data continues.
The display goes back to the previous screen if you
press and hold the button again.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.

Index

148

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 149 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

2013 TSX
QRG

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Press the RETURN button to go back to the previous
display, and press the MENU button to cancel this
setting mode.

You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a track or files.
1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate
to select PLAY MODE, then
press .

TOC
Features

Play Mode
Items

3. Rotate

to select a mode, then press

Play Mode Menu Items
NORMAL PLAY
REPEAT ONE TRACK: Repeats the current track/
file(s).
REPEAT ONE FLD (MP3/WMA): Repeats all files in
the current folder.
RANDOM IN DISC: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.
RANDOM IN FLD (MP3/WMA): Plays all files in the
current folder in random order.
SCAN TRK: Samples all tracks on the CD.
(MP3/WMA): Samples all files in the current folder.
SCAN FLD (MP3/WMA): Samples the first file in
each folder.

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.

Index

2. Rotate

to select PLAY MODE, then press

3. Rotate

to select NORMAL PLAY, then press

.
.

149

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 150 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

QRG

2013 TSX

Playing an iPod®
Connect the iPod® using your dock connector to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable P. 139

VOL/ Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.

AUX Button
Press to select iPod® (if connected).

TOC
Features

TITLE Button
Press to display the text data.

SKIP Bar
Press
or

to change songs.

MENU Button
Press to display menu items.

Index

150

RETURN Button
Press to go back to the previous display.

Selector Knob
Turn to select a song, file, menu
item, or play mode. Press ENTER
to set your selection.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 151 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

2013 TSX
QRG

■ How to Select a File from the iPod® Menu
1. Press

1Playing an iPod®
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.

to display the iPod® menu.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio display.
2 iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 159
iPod® Menu:
Playlists, Artists,
Albums, and Songs

TOC

2. Rotate

to select a menu.

Features

3. Press
4. Rotate

to display the items on that menu.
to select an item, then press

Index

Continued

151

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 152 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod®

2013 TSX
QRG

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
NORMAL PLAY
SHUFFLE OFF: Turns off the shuffle mode.
REPEAT OFF: Turns off the repeat mode.
REPEAT ONE TRACK: Repeats the current track.
SHUFFLE ALL: Plays all available files in a selected list
(playlists, artists, albums or songs) in random order.
SHUFFLE ALBUM: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, or songs) in
random order.

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate
to select PLAY MODE, then
press .

TOC
Features
Play Mode Items

3. Rotate

to select a mode, then press

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
Index

152

2. Rotate

to select PLAY MODE, then press

3. Rotate

to select NORMAL PLAY, then press

.
.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 153 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

QRG

2013 TSX

Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA or ACC *1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable P. 139

VOL/ Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.

TOC
Features

Index

AUX Button
Press to select USB flash drive
(if connected).

TITLE Button
Press to display the text data.

CATEGORY Bar
Press to skip to the next folder,
and to skip to the beginning of
the previous folder.

SCAN Button
You will get a 10-second sampling of each file.
● Press to sample all files in the current folder.
● Press two times to sample the first file in
each of the main folders.
● To turn off scan, press and hold the button.

SKIP Bar
Press
or

to change files.

MENU Button
Press to display menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to select a file, then press
ENTER set your selection.
RETURN Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes ® are playable on this audio unit.

Continued

153

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 154 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

2013 TSX
QRG

■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1. Press

to switch the display to a folder list.

1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 161
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.

Folder Selection

2. Rotate

The audio system displays UNPLAYABLE FILE, and
then skips to the next file.

to select a folder.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio display.
2 iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 159

TOC
Features

Track Selection

3. Press
to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate

Index

154

to select a file, then press

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 155 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

2013 TSX
QRG

■ How to Select a Play Mode

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
NORMAL PLAY
REPEAT ONE TRACK: Repeats the current file.
REPEAT ONE FLD: Repeats all files in the current
folder.
RANDOM IN FLD: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
RANDOM ALL: Plays all files in random order.
SCAN TRK: Samples all files in the current folder.
SCAN FLD: Samples the first file in each folder.

You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a file(s).
1. Press the MENU button.

2. Rotate
to select PLAY MODE, then
press .

TOC
Features

Play Mode Items

3. Rotate

to select a mode, then press

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Press the MENU button.
Index

2. Rotate

to select PLAY MODE, then press

3. Rotate

to select NORMAL PLAY, then press

.
.

155

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 156 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

QRG

2013 TSX

Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth®-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and linked to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 171
VOL/ Knob
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.

AUX Button
Press to select
Bluetooth® Audio.

1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
You can find an approved phone by visiting
www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or by calling the
HandsFreeLink® consumer support at
1-888-528-7876.
In Canada, visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call
1-888-528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.

TOC
Features

SKIP Bar
Press
or
change files.
RETURN Button
Press to go back to
the previous display.
Selector Knob
Turn to change files. Turn
to select an item, then press
ENTER to set your selection.

Index

156

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

TITLE Button
Press to confirm
the device name.

MENU Button
Press to display
menu items.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 157 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

2013 TSX
QRG

■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files

1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.

1. Make sure that your phone is linked to HFL.
2. Press the AUX button.
Check the following if the phone is not recognized:
Another HFL-compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth® Audio, is
already linked.

■ To pause or resume a file
1. Press the MENU button.
TOC
Features

2. Rotate

to select RESUME/PAUSE, then press

Each time you press

The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack, you may need to press the AUX button
repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.

, the setting switches between PAUSE and RESUME.

■ Switching to HFL
Button

1Switching to HFL

Press the
(HFL Talk) button on the steering
wheel to receive a call when Bluetooth® Audio
is playing.

If you receive a call while Bluetooth® Audio is in the
pause mode, it will resume play after ending the call.

2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 167

Press the
(HFL Back) button to end the call
and return to Bluetooth® Audio.
Index

Button

157

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 158 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Audio Error Messages
QRG

2013 TSX

CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message

TOC

Cause

HEAT ERROR

High temperature

UNSUPPORTED

Track/file format not supported

BAD DISC
PLEASE CHECK
OWNERS MANUAL
PUSH EJECT

Solution

Features

●

Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.

●

Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.

●

Press the
(eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.

●

Mechanical error

2 Protecting CDs P. 163

MECH ERROR

●

CHECK DISK LOAD
●

Index

158

BAD DISC
PLEASE CHECK
OWNERS MANUAL

Servo error

CHECK DISC

Disc error

●

If the error message reappears, press the
button, and pull out
the disc.
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact your dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 163

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 159 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod®/USB Flash Drive

QRG

2013 TSX

iPod®/USB Flash Drive

If an error occurs while playing an iPod® or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error
message, contact a dealer.
Error Message

TOC

Solution

Features

USB ERROR

There is a problem with the USB adapter unit.

BAD USB DEVICE
PLEASE CHECK
OWNERS MANUAL

An incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn
it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.

iPod NO SONG

Appears when the iPod® is empty.

UNSUPPORTED VER.

Appears when an unsupported iPod® is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod® is connected,
update the iPod® software to the newer version.

CONNECT RETRY

Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod®. Reconnect the iPod®.

UNPLAYABLE FILE

Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message
appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.

USB NO SONG

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.

UNSUPPORTED

Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when the supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.

Index

159

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 160 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Audio Remote Controls
2013 TSX
QRG

Allows you to operate the audio system while driving.
MODE Button
MODE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM1 FM2 AM XM1 XM2 CD AUX

VOL (Volume)
Button

TOC

CH (Channel)
Button

Features

VOL Button
Press : Increases the volume
Press

: Decreases the volume

CH Button
• When listening to radio
Press (+ : Selects the next preset radio station.
Press (- : Selects the previous preset radio station.
• When listening to a CD, USB flash drive or iPod®, or Bluetooth® audio
Press (+ : Skips to the next song.
Press (- : Goes back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
Index

160

1Audio Remote Controls
The CD mode appears only when a CD is loaded.
When in the AUX mode, the following are operable
from the remote controls:
• iPod®/USB flash drive connected to the USB
adapter cable
• Bluetooth® audio (with some phones only)

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 161 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

General Information on the Audio System
QRG

■ Subscribing to XM® Radio
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription.
To see the ID in the display: Turn the selector knob until 0 appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the XM®
website to subscribe.

■ Receiving XM® Radio
TOC

2013 TSX

XM® Radio Service

Press the
(XM®) button and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the
service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception.

Features

■ XM® Radio Display Messages
LOADING: XM® is loading the audio or program information.
OFF AIR: The channel is not currently broadcasting.
UPDATING: The encryption code is being updated. Channels 0 and 1 still work
normally.
NO SIGNAL: The signal is too weak in the current location.

1Subscribing to XM® Radio
Contact Information for XM® Radio:
US: XM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or
1-800-852-9696
Canada: XM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca,
1-877-209-0079

1Receiving XM® Radio
The XM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack

--------: No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the
artist or title information is unavailable.
Index

ANTENNA: There is a problem with the XM® antenna. Contact a dealer.

161

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 162 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

QRG

• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round shaped CDs.
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

TOC
Features

Index

162

2013 TSX

Recommended CDs

■ CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 163 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.

1Protecting CDs
NOTICE

Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●

• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs

• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
Bubbled/
Wrinkled

• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
TOC

With Label/
Sticker

Using
Printer Label
Kit

• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

Features

Sealed
●

Damaged CDs

Chipped/
Cracked
●

With Plastic Ring
●

Warped

Poor quality CDs

Burrs

Small CDs

3-inch
(8-cm)
CD

Index

163

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 164 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod® and USB Flash Drives

QRG

2013 TSX

Compatible iPod® and USB Flash Drives
■ iPod® Model Compatibility
Model

1iPod® Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.

iPod® (5th generation)
iPod classic® 80/160GB (launched in 2007)
iPod classic® 120GB (launched in 2008)
iPod classic® 160GB (launched in 2009)
iPod touch® (launched in 2011)
iPod nano® (launched in 2011)
TOC
Features

■ USB Flash Drives
• Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

Index

164

1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 165 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
2013 TSX
QRG

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.

■ Important Safety Precautions
Refer to the safety information that comes with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.

TOC

1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson
Controls., Inc.
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.

Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.

Features

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage
door’s path.

Training HomeLink
If you have not trained any of the buttons in
HomeLink before, you should erase any
previously learned codes. To do this:

Index

Red Indicator

• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.

Continued

165

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 166 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Training a Button

1Training HomeLink

Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3-8 cm) from the HomeLink
button you want to program.

Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on
the remote transmitter.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) blink after 10 secs?
YES

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the
HomeLink indicator begins to blink.

NO
NO

TOC

Features

Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
YES

Training
Complete

Index

YES

Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink
button at the same time. Then, while
continuing to hold the HomeLink button,
press and release the button on the remote
every 2 secs.
Dose the LED blink within 20 secs?

Press and hold the HomeLink button again.

HomeLink LED
is on.

Press and hold the
HomeLink button again.
The remote-controlled
device should operate.
Training Complete

166

Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:

HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs,
then remains on.
a.

The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).

Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

Standard transmitter

Rolling code transmitter

Indicator remains on for
about 25 secs.

Indicator blinks rapidly for
two secs, then remains on
for about 23 secs.

2. Continue to hold the HomeLink button and follow steps
1 - 3 under “Training a Button.”

Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 167 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
2013 TSX
QRG
Models with navigation system

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

For models with the navigation system, see the Navigation System Manual for how
to operate Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
Models without navigation system

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL
TOC

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call
1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call
1-888-528-7876.
Voice control tips:

• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

■ HFL Buttons

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.

Features

• Press and release the
•
•
•
(HFL Talk) Button
(HFL Back) Button

Audio Remote
VOL (Volume)
Buttons

Microphone

State or local laws may limit the circumstances in
which you can launch or control your attached audio
device.

(HFL Talk) Button: Press to give a command or answer a call.
Index

•

button before giving a
command. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
A command that consists of several words can be
spoken together. For example, say “Call 123-4567890” at once.
When HFL is in use, navigation voice commands
cannot be recognized.
To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls.

(HFL Back) Button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous command, or
cancel a command.

Continued

167

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 168 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Help Features

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

• To hear general HFL information and help, say “Tutorial.”
• Say “Hands free help” or “Help” any time to get help or hear a list of commands.

HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt Bluetooth®
Audio when it is playing. Audio will resume when the
call is ended.

TOC
Features

■ Information Display
Signal
Strength

HFL Mode

Roam Status

Index

168

Bluetooth ® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motors Co., Ltd., is
under license. Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.

Battery
Level
Status

Phone
Number

1Information Display

The multi-information display notifies you
when there is an incoming call.

The information that appears on the multiinformation display varies between phone models.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 169 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

QRG

2013 TSX

HFL Menus
The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL.
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.
Press the

(HFL Talk) button each time you give a command

“Phone setup”

TOC
Features
“Call”/“Dial”

Index

“Pair”

Pair a phone to the system.

“Edit”

Edit the name of a paired phone.

“Delete”

Delete a paired phone from the system.

“List”

Hear a list of all phones paired to the system.

“Status”

Hear which paired phone is linked, and its remaining battery life.

“Next phone”

Search for another phone that has been paired.

“Set pairing code”

Set the pairing code to either “Fixed” or “Random.”

e.g.: “123-456-####”

Say a phone number.

e.g.: “Jim Smith”

Say a name after a phonebook entry is stored.

“Redial”

Redial the last number called.

“Transfer”

Transfer a call from HFL to your phone or from your phone to HFL.

“Mute”

Mute your voice to the person at the other end of the call.

“Send”

Send numbers or names during a call.

Continued

169

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 170 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

2013 TSX
QRG

“Phonebook”

“Store”

Store a phonebook entry.

“Edit”

Edit the number of an existing phonebook entry.

“Delete”

Delete a phonebook entry.

“Receive contact” *

Transfer contacts from your phone to HFL.

“List”

Hear a list of all stored phonebook entries.

“Security”

Apply a security passcode to the system that must be input at each key
cycle to access the system.

“Change passcode”

Change your security passcode.

“Call notification”

Set how you want to be notified of an incoming call.

“Auto transfer”

Set to automatically transfer calls from your phone to HFL when you
enter the vehicle.

“Clear”

Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security
passcode.

TOC
Features

Index

170

“System setup”

“Change language” *

Switch the system language between English and French.

“Tutorial”

Hear a tutorial for general rules on using the system.

“Hands-free help”

Hear a list of available commands and additional information describing each command.

* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 171 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Phone Setup

1Phone Setup

■ To pair a cell phone
1. If no phone has been paired to the system before, HFL gives you information
about how to pair the first phone.
If a phone has already been paired: say “Phone Setup” and “Pair” after the HFL
prompts.
2. Follow the HFL prompts and put your phone in discovery or search mode.
u HFL gives you a four-digit code and begins searching for your phone.
TOC

3. When your phone finds a Bluetooth® device, select HFL from the options and
enter the four-digit code.

Features

4. Follow the HFL prompts and name the newly paired phone.

■ To rename a paired phone
1. Say “Phone Setup.”
2. Say “Edit” after the prompts.

Press the
button and wait for a beep before
giving a command.
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Your phone must be in the discovery or search
mode when pairing the phone. Refer to your
phone’s manual.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.

3. Follow the HFL prompts and rename the phone.
u If there is more than one phone paired to the system, HFL will ask you which
phone’s name you want to change.

■ To delete a paired phone
1. Say “Phone Setup.”
Index

2. Say “Delete” after the prompts.
3. Follow the HFL prompts.
u HFL will ask you which phone you want to delete.
Continued

171

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 172 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

2013 TSX
QRG

■ To hear the name of all paired phones
1. Say “Phone Setup.”
2. Say “List” after the prompts.
3. HFL reads out all the paired phones’ names.

■ To hear which paired phone is currently linked
1. Say “Phone Setup.”
2. Say “Status” after the prompts.
TOC

3. HFL will tell you which phone is linked with the system.

Features

■ To change the currently linked phone
1. Say “Phone Setup.”
2. Say “Next Phone” after the prompts.
3. HFL disconnects the current phone, and searches for another paired phone.
4. Once another phone is found, it is connected to the system. HFL will inform you
which phone is now linked.

■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Say “Phone Setup.”
2. Say “Set Pairing Code” after the prompts.
Index

3. If you want HFL to create a random code each time you pair a phone, say
“Random.” If you want to create your own four-digit code, say “Fixed.”
4. Follow the HFL prompts.

172

1Phone Setup
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
original phone is linked again.
“Status” and “Next Phone” commands:
Only one paired phone at a time can be linked to HFL.
When there are two or more paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone that the system finds is
linked.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 173 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Making a Call

1Making a Call

You can make calls using any phone number or a name in the HFL phonebook, and
redial the last number called.

HFL uses a Class 2 Bluetooth, with has a maximum
range of about 30 feet (10 meters).

■ Direct dialing a phone number
1. Say “Call” or “Dial.”

HFL allows you to talk up to 30 minutes after you
remove the key from the ignition switch. However,
this may weaken the vehicle’s battery.

2. Say the number you want to dial after the prompts.
3. Say “Call” or “Dial” after the prompts.
TOC

Press the
button and wait for a beep before
giving a command.

Features

■ From the HFL phonebook
1. Say “Call” or “Dial.”
2. Say the name stored in the HFL phonebook after the prompts.
3. Follow the HFL prompts.

■ To redial the last number called by HFL
Say “Redial.”

■ To end a call
Press the
(HFL back) button.

Index

Continued

173

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 174 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Receiving a Call

1Receiving a Call

Press the
button to answer the call, or the
button to hang up. When there
is an incoming call, a call notification (if activated) sounds and a message appears on
the display.

Press the
call.

■ Transferring a Call

TOC

Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.

■ Muting a Call

Press the
button if you want to hang up the
original and answer the incoming call.

Features

To mute or unmute your voice during a call, press and release the
say “Mute.”

button and

You can send numbers and names during a call. This is useful when calling a menudriven phone system.

■ To send a number or name during a call
1. Say “Send.”
2. Say the number or name you want to send after the prompts.
3. Follow the HFL prompts.

174

button again to return to the original

You can transfer a call from HFL to your phone, or from your phone to HFL. Press the
button and say “Transfer.”

■ Sending Numbers or Names During a Call

Index

Call Waiting
Press the
button and put the original call on hold
to answer the incoming call.

1Sending Numbers or Names During a Call
Press the

button before a command.

To send a # , say “Pound.” To send a * , say “Star.”

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 175 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

2013 TSX
QRG

■ HFL Phonebook

1HFL Phonebook

You can store up to 50 names with their associated numbers in HFL. The numbers
you store can be account numbers or passwords. These numbers can be sent to an
automated phone system.

• Avoid using duplicate name entries.
• Avoid using “home” as a name entry.
• It is easier for HFL to recognize a multisyllabic or
longer name. For example, use “Peter” instead of
“Pete,” or “John Smith” instead of “John.”

■ To store a phonebook entry
1. Say “Phonebook.”
2. Say “Store” after the prompts.
3. Say a name you want to list as your phonebook entry.
TOC

4. Say the number you want to store for the name entry.

Features

5. Follow the HFL prompts and say “Enter” to store the entry.

■ To edit the number stored for a name
1. Say “Phonebook.”
2. Say “Edit” after the prompts.
3. Say a name you want to edit. When asked, say the new number for that name.
4. Follow the HFL prompts and say “Enter” to store the entry.

Index

Continued

175

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 176 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

2013 TSX
QRG

■ To delete a name
1. Say “Phonebook.”
2. Say “Delete” after the prompts.
3. Say a name you want to delete.
4. Say “Yes,” and follow the HFL prompts.

■ To list all names in the phonebook
1. Say “Phonebook.”
TOC

2. Say “List” after the prompts.

Features

3. HFL begins reading the names in the order they were stored.
4. When you hear a name you want to call, say “Call.”

■ To store a specific phone number from your cell phone directly
to the HFL phonebook *
1. Say “Phonebook.”
2. Say “Receive Contact” after the prompts.
3. Follow the HFL prompts, select a number from your cell phone, and send it to HFL.
u If it is not the number you want to store, say “Discard.”
4. Say the name for that number.
Index

176

5. Follow the HFL prompts to continue.

* Not available on all models

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 177 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

2013 TSX
QRG

■ System Setup

1System Setup

This command group allows you to change or customize HFL basic settings.

button before a command.

Once a passcode is set, you are required to enter the
passcode with every new key cycle to use HFL.
If you forget the code, go to your dealer to have the
passcode reset. You can also cancel the passcode by
clearing all the data stored in the HFL system.
2 To clear the system P. 178

■ To set a four-digit passcode to lock the HFL system for security
1. Say “System Setup.”
2. Say “Security.”
3. Follow the HFL prompts and say the four-digit number of your choice.

The default setting of the incoming notification is a
ring tone.

4. Follow the HFL prompts and confirm the number.
TOC

Press the

Features

■ To change the security passcode
1. Say “System Setup.”
2. Say “Change Passcode” after the prompts.
3. Say the new four-digit passcode after the HFL prompts.
4. Follow the HFL prompts.

■ To select a ring tone or a prompt as the incoming call notification
1. Say “System Setup.”
2. Say “Call Notification” after the prompts.
Index

3. Say “Ring Tone” or “Prompt” after the prompts. For no audible notification,
say “Off.”

Continued

177

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 178 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

2013 TSX
QRG

■ To activate or deactivate the auto transfer function

1System Setup

The call on your cell phone can be automatically transferred to HFL when you get
into the vehicle and turn on the ignition.

Press the

1. Say “System Setup.”

You can clear the system when you have forgotten
the passcode and cannot access HFL.

2. Say “Auto Transfer” after the prompts. HFL lets you know the current status.
3. Follow the HFL prompts to change the setting.

button before a command.

When HFL asks you for the passcode, say “System
Clear.”

■ To clear the system
TOC

Paired phones, all stored or imported phonebook data, and any passcodes
are erased.

Features

1. Say “System Setup.”
2. Say “Clear” after the prompts.
3. Follow the HFL prompts.

■ Change Language *
You can set the system language to French or English.
1. Say “Change Language.”
2. Follow the HFL prompts.

Index

178

If you have not named your paired phone in the selected language, HFL will ask you
to name it in that language.

* Not available on all models

1Change Language *
Press the

button before a command.

Quick Language Selection
If you want to change the language, to French for
example, say “Français,” and follow the prompt.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 179 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Compass *
2013 TSX
QRG

When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , the compass self-calibrates, and the
compass display appears.

Compass Calibration
If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need
to manually calibrate the system.
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Press and hold the MENU button until the
display shows the compass setting menu
list.

TOC
Features

Compass Setting Menu Items

3. Rotate
to select CALIBRATION, then
press .
4. When the display changes to PUSH CAL
START, press .

1Compass *
Compass operation can be affected under the
following conditions:
• Driving near power lines or stations
• Crossing a bridge
• Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large
object that can cause a magnetic disturbance
• When accessories such as antennas and roof racks
are mounted by magnets

1Compass Calibration
Calibrate the compass in an open area.
While setting the compass:
• The RETURN button returns to the previous screen.
• The MENU button cancels the setting mode.

5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles.
u The compass starts to show a direction
after the calibration. The CAL indicator
goes off.

Index

* Not available on all models

179

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 180 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuCompass * uCompass Zone Selection

QRG

2013 TSX

Compass Zone Selection
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .

1Compass Zone Selection

2. Press and hold the MENU button until the
display shows the compass setting menu
list.
3. Rotate
to select ZONE, then press
The display shows the current zone
number.

Zone Number

4. Rotate
to select the zone number of
your area (See Zone Map), then press .
TOC

Zone Map

Features

15
14

2
3

13
12

4
11
5
6
7

Index
Guam Island: Zone 8
Puerto Rico: Zone 11

180

The zone selection is done to compensate the
variation between magnetic north and true north.
If the calibration starts while the audio system is in
use, the display returns to normal after the calibration
is completed.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 181 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.

Index

Before Driving
Driving Preparation .......................... 182
Maximum Load Limit........................ 185
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation.......................... 187
Driving Safely with a Trailer .............. 189
Towing Your Vehicle ........................ 190
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 191
Precautions While Driving................. 193
Automatic Transmission ................... 194

Automatic transmission

Shifting............................................ 195
Manual transmission

Shifting............................................ 199
Cruise Control ................................. 201
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC
(Electronic Stability Control), System ...... 204
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)... 206

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation........... 208
Braking
Brake System ................................... 210
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) ........... 212

Brake Assist System ......................... 213
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 214
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 215
How to Refuel ................................. 216
Fuel Economy.................................... 218
Improving Fuel Economy.................. 218
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories ...................................... 219
Modifications................................... 219

181

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 182 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Before Driving
QRG

2013 TSX

Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.

■ Exterior Checks
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
TOC
Driving

Index

182

• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressure, check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 259

• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.

1Exterior Checks
NOTICE

When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert key if the water freezes in
the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 183 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Interior Checks

1Interior Checks

• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 185

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk or tow a trailer, have the
aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.

• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of
sudden braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the
floor mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
TOC
Driving

• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 93

• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 116
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 118

Index

• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirror P. 114
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 113

Continued

183

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 184 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

2013 TSX
QRG

• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 29

• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 64

TOC
Driving

Index

184

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 185 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

QRG

2013 TSX

Maximum Load Limit
1Maximum Load Limit

The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg).
See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.

3 WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.

Label Example

Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.

TOC

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories,
and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.

Driving

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit (1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2 Specifications P. 304
P. 306
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 304
P. 306

(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg
or XXX lbs.
Index

(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,4000 lbs. and there
will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
Continued

185

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 186 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

2013 TSX
QRG

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the
vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred
to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and
trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or
the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver's doorjamb.

TOC

Load Limits Example

Driving

Example1

Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)

Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)

Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)

Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)

Example2

Index

186

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 187 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Towing a Trailer
QRG

2013 TSX

Towing Preparation
■ Towing Load Limits

1Towing Load Limits

Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
■ Total trailer weight
Maximum allowable weight of the trailer,
cargo, and everything in or on it must not
exceed 1,000 lbs (450 kg). Towing loads in
excess of this can seriously affect vehicle
handling and performance and can damage
the engine and drivetrain.
Total Load

■ Tongue load
The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded
trailer on the hitch should be approximately
10% of the total trailer weight.

TOC
Driving
Tongue Load

Index

• Excessive tongue load reduces front tire
traction and steering control. Too little
tongue load can make the trailer unstable
and cause it to sway.
• To achieve a proper tongue load, start by
loading 60% of the load toward the front
of the trailer and 40% toward the rear.
Readjust the load as needed.

Continued

3 WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly
loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a
crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and
trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the
tongue load.
Break-in Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle’s first 600
miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information
2 Vehicle Specifications P. 304
P. 306

187

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 188 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Towing Equipment and Accessories
Towing equipment varies by the size of your trailer, how much load you are towing,
and where you are towing.

■ Hitches
The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody.

■ Safety chains
Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the
trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.

■ Trailer brakes
TOC
Driving

There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are
common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes,
be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to
your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a
potential hazard.

■ Additional towing equipment
Many states and provinces/territories require special outside mirrors when towing a
trailer. Even if mirrors are not required in your locale, you should install special
mirrors if visibility is restricted in any way.

Index

188

■ Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and
local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the
requirements in the area where you plan to tow.

1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and
maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/
territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other
items are recommended or required for your towing
situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type
and brand. If a connector is required, it should only
be installed by a qualified technician.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 189 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer

QRG

2013 TSX

Driving Safely with a Trailer
■ Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer

1Driving Safely with a Trailer

• Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
• Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.

Parking
In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel
chocks at each of the trailer’s tires.

2 Towing Load Limits P. 187

• Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
• Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving.
• Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
• Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare.
TOC
Driving

■ Towing Speeds and Gears
• Drive slower than normal.
• Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
Automatic transmission models

• Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.

■ Turning and Braking
• Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
Index

• Allow more time and distance for braking.
• Do not brake or turn suddenly.

Continued

189

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 190 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Driving in Hilly Terrain
• Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the air
conditioning and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool down
the engine if necessary.
Automatic transmission models

• Shift to the (S position if the transmission shifts frequently.

1Driving in Hilly Terrain
If you use the paddle shifters when driving uphill and
downhill, select 3rd, 2nd, or 1st gear, depending on
the vehicle speed and road conditions. Do not use
4th and 5th gears.
Gear Position
1st
2nd,3rd

Speed Range
0 - 42 mph (0 - 67 km/h)
19 - 62 mph (30 - 100 km/h)

Automatic transmission models

If the automatic transmission fluid temperature
exceeds the specified limit, the transmission will also
automatically downshift to the 1st gear, even in the
sequential shift mode. The gear position indicator
blinks for a few seconds, then stays on.

TOC

Towing Your Vehicle

Driving

Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 299

Index

190

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 191 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

When Driving
QRG

2013 TSX

Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).

Brake Pedal

Automatic transmission models

2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N , it is safer to start it in (P .

TOC
Driving
Clutch Pedal

Manual transmission models

2. Check that the shift lever is in (N . Then
depress the brake pedal with your right
foot, and the clutch pedal with your left
foot.
u The clutch pedal must be fully depressed
to start the engine.

Index
Brake Pedal

Continued

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If exhaust sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust
gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a
dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or
exhaust system.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s
fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 98

191

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 192 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

2013 TSX
QRG

3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e
without depressing the accelerator pedal.

■ Starting to Drive
Automatic transmission models

TOC

1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.

Driving

2 Parking Brake P. 210

2. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to
pull away.

Index

192

1Starting the Engine
Do not hold the key in START (e for more than 15
seconds.
• If the engine does not start right away, wait for at
least 10 seconds before trying again.
• If the engine starts, but then immediately stops,
wait at least 10 seconds before repeating step 3
while gently depressing the accelerator pedal.
Release the accelerator pedal once the engine
starts.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine’s fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 98

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 193 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

QRG

2013 TSX

Precautions While Driving
■ In Rain
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine,
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

■ Other Precautions
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE

Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY (q or
LOCK (0 while driving, the engine will shut down
and all steering and brake power assist functions will
stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not put the shift lever in (N , as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.

TOC

During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as to not damage the engine or powertrain.

Driving

Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brakes are
replaced.

Index

193

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 194 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission

QRG

Automatic Transmission
■ Creeping
The following conditions cause the engine to run at high revolutions, and
increasing creeping:
• Immediately after the engine starts.
• When the climate control system is in use.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

■ Kickdown

TOC
Driving

Index

194

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

2013 TSX

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 195 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

QRG

2013 TSX

Automatic transmission models

Shifting

1Shifting

Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.

You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 and
remove the key unless the shift lever is in (P .

■ Shift lever positions
Park
Used when parking or starting the
engine

The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.

Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling

TOC
Driving

Index

Drive
Used:
● For normal driving (gears change
between 1st and 5th automatically)
● When temporarily driving in the
sequential mode
Drive (S)
Used for:
● Automatically changing gears
between 1st and 4th (4th gear is used
only at high speed)
● Driving in the sequential mode

Continued

195

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 196 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Shift Lever Operation

1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE

When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Tachometer’s red zone
Shift Lever Position Indicator
M (Sequential Shift mode) Indicator/
Gear Position Indicator

TOC

Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving,
a blinking (D indicator indicates a transmission
problem.

Driving

Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
Depress the brake pedal and
press the shift lever release button to
shift.

Shift without pressing the shift lever
release button.
Press the shift lever release button
and shift.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.

Index

196

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 197 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Sequential Shift Mode
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 5th gears without removing
your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the
sequential shift mode.

■ When the shift lever is in (D :
The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode momentarily, and the gear position
indicator will come on.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential shift mode will
automatically switch off, and the gear position indicator will go off.
Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.
TOC
Driving

■ When the shift lever is in (S :
The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode, and the M (sequential shift)
indicator and gear position indicator will come on. At speeds of 6 mph (10 km/h) or
less, the vehicle automatically shifts down into 1st gear. It will not automatically shift
up, even if vehicle speed increases.
You can only pull away in 1st or 2nd gear.
When switching out of the sequential shift mode, move the shift lever from (S to
(D . When the sequential shift mode is canceled, the sequential shift mode indicator
and shift indicator go off.

Index

Continued

197

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 198 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Second gear lock mode
If you pull the (+ paddle shifter while stopped or driving at 6 mph (10 km/h) or less,
the gear position will be locked in 2nd gear. This makes it easier to pull away on
slippery surfaces such as snow covered roads.
To cancel the 2nd gear lock mode, pull the (- paddle shifter, or move the shift lever
from (S to (D .

■ Sequential Shift Mode Operation
(- Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)

1Sequential Shift Mode Operation

(+ Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)

Driving

198

To change gears continuously, release the paddle
shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
Recommended Shift Points
Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel
economy and effective emission control.

TOC

Index

Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear
change.

Shift Up
1st to 2nd
2nd to 3rd
3rd to 4th
4th to 5th

Downshifting when pulling
the (- paddle shifter.
(Changes to a lower gear)

Upshifting when pulling
the (+ paddle shifter
(Changes to a higher gear)

Normal Acceleration
15 mph (24 km/h)
25 mph (40 km/h)
40 mph (64 km/h)
45 mph (72 km/h)

If the gear position indicator blinks when you try to
shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not
in its allowable gear shifting range.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 199 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

QRG

2013 TSX

Manual transmission models

Shifting

1Shifting

■ Shift Lever Operation

NOTICE

Fully depress the clutch pedal to operate the shift lever and change gears, then
slowly release the pedal.
Depress the clutch pedal, and pause for a few seconds before shifting into (R ,
or shift into one of the forward gears for a moment. This stops the gears so they
do not “grind.”
When you are not shifting, do not rest your
foot on the clutch pedal. This can cause your
clutch to wear out faster.
TOC

Do not shift to (R before the vehicle comes to a
complete stop.
Shifting to (R before stopping can damage the
transmission.
NOTICE

Before downshifting, make sure the engine will not
go into the tachometer’s red zone. Should this occur,
it can severely damage your engine.

Driving

There is a metallic part on the shift lever. If you leave
the vehicle parked outside for a long time on a hot
day, be careful before moving the shift lever. Because
of heat, the shift lever may be extremely hot. If the
outside temperature is low, the shift lever may feel
cold.
Recommended Shift Points
Driving in the highest gear that allows the engine to
run and accelerate smoothly helps to optimize fuel
economy and effective emissions control. The
following shift points are recommended:
Shift Up
Normal Acceleration
1st to 2nd
17 mph (27 km/h)
2nd to 3rd
29 mph (46 km/h)
3rd to 4th
37 mph (59 km/h)
4th to 5th
43 mph (69 km/h)
5th to 6th
49 mph (79 km/h)
If you exceed the maximum speed for the gear you
are in, the engine speed will enter into the
tachometer’s red zone. When this happens, you may
experience a slight jolt.

Index

Continued

199

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 200 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Reverse Lockout
The manual transmission has a lockout mechanism that stops you from accidentally
shifting into (R from a forward gear while the vehicle is moving at a certain speed.
If you cannot shift to (R when the vehicle is stopped, do the following:
1. Depress the clutch pedal, move the shift
lever all the way to the left, and shift to (R .
2. If you still cannot shift into (R , apply the
parking brake, and turn the ignition switch
to ACCESSORY (q or LOCK (0 .
3. Depress the clutch pedal and shift into (R .
TOC
Driving

Index

200

4. Keep depressing the clutch pedal and start
the engine.
Have the vehicle checked by a dealer if you
have to go through this procedure repeatedly.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 201 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

QRG

2013 TSX

Cruise Control
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a
constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.

■ Vehicle speed for cruise control:

Automatic transmission models

Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.

Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.

■ Shift positions for cruise control:

It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.

In (D or (S , in 2nd gear or
higher

How to use

TOC
Driving

■ Press the CRUISE button on

3 WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.

When to use
Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~

1Cruise Control

CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to use.

the steering wheel.

Index

Continued

201

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 202 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

2013 TSX
QRG

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed

1To Set the Vehicle Speed
DECEL/SET Button

When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.

Press and Release

On when cruise control begins.

TOC

Press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the desired speed using the
accelerator pedal.

Driving

The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

■ To Cancel
CRUISE Button

1To Cancel

To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.

Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/
ACCEL button while driving at a speed of at least 25
mph (40 km/h) or more.

• Press the CRUISE button.
• Depress the brake pedal.

Index

• Depress the clutch pedal.
CANCEL Button

202

The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
• When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 203 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

2013 TSX
QRG

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET buttons
on the steering wheel.

You can set the vehicle speed using the DECEL/SET
button on the steering wheel when adjusting the
speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.

To increase speed

To decrease speed

TOC

• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

Driving

• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increased or decreased by about
10 mph (16 km/h).

■ To Cancel
CRUISE Button

1To Cancel

To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.

• Press the CRUISE button.
Index

• Depress the brake pedal.
CANCEL Button

• Depress the clutch pedal for five seconds
or more.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

203

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 204 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguVSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability Control), System

QRG

VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic
Stability Control), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

■ VSA® Operation
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
TOC
Driving

Index

204

VSA® System
Indicator

2013 TSX
1VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 205 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguVSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability Control), System

2013 TSX
QRG

■ VSA® On and Off
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To turn the VSA® system on and off, press and
hold it until you hear a beep.
VSA® OFF
Indicator

VSA® will stop and the indicator will come on.
To turn it on again, press the
button until you hear a beep.

TOC

(VSA® OFF)

VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.

1VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist), aka ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), System
Without VSA®, your vehicle will have normal braking
and cornering ability, but it will not have VSA®
traction and stability enhancement.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the VSA® system is off, the traction control
system is also off. You should only attempt to free
your vehicle with the VSA® off if you are not able to
free it when the VSA® is on.

Driving

Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® and traction control
systems switched off.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on or
blinks, the VSA® system comes on automatically. In
this case, you cannot turn the system off by pressing
the

Index

button.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.

205

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 206 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

QRG

TOC

Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure
becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a
message appears on the multi-information display.

1TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

■ Tire Pressure Monitor

1Tire Pressure Monitor

To select the tire pressure monitor, turn the
ignition switch to ON (w and press the
(information) button until you see
the tire pressure screen.

Driving

If all the tire pressures are normal, TIRE
PRESSURE OK will be displayed.

To display the pressure of all four tires, press
the SEL/RESET button.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI
(U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
Index

206

2013 TSX

TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 293

The pressure displayed on the multi-information
display can be slightly different from the actual
pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a
significant difference between the two values, or if
the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message
on the multi-information display do not go off after
you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure,
have the system checked by a dealer.
SYSTEM FUNCTION ERROR may appear if you drive
with the compact spare tire, or there is a problem
with the TPMS.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 207 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)

2013 TSX
QRG

If any tire has low pressure, LOW TIRE
PRESSURE is displayed on the multiinformation display. Check the pressure of
each tire by pressing the SEL/RESET button.

1TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.

CHECK TIRE PRESSURE is displayed when a
tire has significantly low pressure. The specific
tire is displayed on the screen.
TOC
Driving

Index

207

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 208 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

QRG

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when
cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)

TOC

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped
with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of
your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Driving

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop
and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper
pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,
and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.

Index

208

2013 TSX

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 209 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

2013 TSX
QRG

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it
is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system
detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and
then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

TOC

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

Driving

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

Index

209

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 210 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Braking
QRG

2013 TSX

Brake System
■ Parking Brake

1Parking Brake

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Pull the lever fully up without pressing the
release button.

NOTICE

Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and RELEASE
PARKING BRAKE appears on the multi-information
display.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.

TOC
Driving

Index

210

To release:
1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold
the release button.
2. Lower the lever down all the way, then
release the button.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 211 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBrakinguBrake System

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Foot Brake
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases
the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency
situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when
braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 213
2 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) P. 212

TOC

1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be
replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear. With manual transmission use a lower
gear for greater engine braking.

Driving

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

Index

211

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 212 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBrakinguABS (Anti-lock Brake System)

QRG

■ ABS
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”

■ ABS operation
TOC

2013 TSX

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)

Driving

The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

1ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
NOTICE

The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
• When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
• When tire chains are installed.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.

Index

212

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 213 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

QRG

Brake Assist System

2013 TSX

■ Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

TOC
Driving

Index

213

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 214 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Parking Your Vehicle
QRG

2013 TSX

When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
Automatic transmission models

1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P .
1When Stopped
Manual transmission models

3. Move the shift lever to (R .
4. Turn off the engine.
Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.

TOC
Driving

Index

214

NOTICE
Automatic transmission models

The following can damage the transmission:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
• Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 215 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Refueling
QRG

2013 TSX

Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation

1Fuel Information

Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher

NOTICE

4-cylinder models

Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
6-cylinder models

Your vehicle is designed to operate on premium unleaded gasoline with a pump
octane of 91 or higher.
If this octane grade is unavailable, regular unleaded gasoline with a pump octane of
87 or higher may be used temporally.
TOC
Driving

Index

The use of regular unleaded gasoline can cause metallic knocking noises in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance. The long-term use of
regular-grade gasoline can lead to engine damage.

We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend, the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.

■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
Continued

215

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 216 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

2013 TSX
QRG

For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit My Acura at owners.acura.com In
Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more
information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

■ Gasoline containing ethanol
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is
designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 10% ethanol by
volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable
operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.

■ Fuel tank capacity: 18.5 US gal (70 liters)
TOC
Driving

How to Refuel
To Lock

To Unlock

Master Door Lock Switch

Index

216

1How to Refuel

1. Stop your vehicle with the service
station pump on the left side of the vehicle
in the rear.

3 WARNING

2. Turn off the engine.

Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.

3. Unlock the driver’s door using the master
door lock switch.
u The fuel fill door on the outer side of the
vehicle will unlock.

• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 217 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

2013 TSX
QRG
Fuel Fill Door

4. Press the area indicated by the arrow to
release the fuel fill door. You will hear a
click.

1How to Refuel
Use the master door lock switch to unlock the fuel fill
door.
The vehicle doors and fuel fill door automatically
relock if the remote unlock function is used. This can
be deactivated by briefly opening then closing the
driver’s door.

Press

NOTICE

5. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.

The fuel fill door and its latching mechanism can be
permanently damaged if the fuel fill door is forced
closed when the driver’s door is locked.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.

TOC
Driving

Cap
Cap

6. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
7. Insert the filler nozzle fully.
u When the tank is full, the fuel nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.

Index
Holder

If the fuel nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.

8. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at
least once.
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

217

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 218 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Fuel Economy
QRG

Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your
driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and
other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
multi-information display.
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
TOC
Driving

Index

218

2013 TSX

Improving Fuel Economy

• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.

1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
Miles driven

Gallons of
fuel

Miles per
Gallon

100

Liter

Kilometers

L per 100 km

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 219 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Accessories and Modifications
QRG

2013 TSX

Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:

1Accessories and Modifications

• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.

3 WARNING

• Do not install accessories on the side pillars or across the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
side curtain airbags.

Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.

• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 294

• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
TOC

Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

Driving

Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Acura components that can affect its
handling, stability, and reliability.
Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is
properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province,
territory, and local regulations.

Index

219

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 220 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Index

220

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 221 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Index

Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 222
Safety When Performing Maintenance...223
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 224
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 225
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 229
Opening the Hood ........................... 231
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 234
Oil Check ......................................... 235
Adding Engine Oil ............................ 237

Engine Coolant ................................ 240
Transmission Fluid............................ 242
Brake/Clutch Fluid............................ 244
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 246
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 247

Checking and Maintaining Wiper
Blades .......................................... 257
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 259
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 260
Tire Labeling .................................... 260
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)..262

Wear Indicators ............................... 264
Tire Service Life................................ 264
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 265
Tire Rotation.................................... 266
Winter Tires ..................................... 267
Battery............................................... 268
Remote Transmitter Care................. 269
Replacing the Battery....................... 269
Climate Control System Maintenance ..270
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 271
Exterior Care.................................... 273

221

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 222 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Before Performing Maintenance
QRG

For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.

■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or
when refueling.

■ Periodic inspections
• Check the automatic transmission fluid level monthly.
2 Automatic Transmission Fluid P. 242

TOC

• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake/Clutch Fluid P. 244

Maintenance

• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 259

• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 247

• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
Index

222

2013 TSX

Inspection and Maintenance

2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 257

1Inspection and Maintenance
U.S. models

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 227
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, purchase the
service manual.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 315
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 223 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

QRG

Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform
a given task.

■ Maintenance Safety
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner,
not gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
TOC
Maintenance

Index

2013 TSX

Safety When Performing Maintenance

• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.

■ Vehicle Safety

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

3 WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.

3 WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.

• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.

223

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 224 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

QRG

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same
high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.

TOC
Maintenance

Index

224

2013 TSX

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 225 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Maintenance MinderTM
2013 TSX
QRG

If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the multi-information display every time you turn the ignition switch to
ON (w . The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring
your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.

■ Displaying the Engine Oil Life

1Displaying the Engine Oil Life

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Press the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the
multi-information display.

Maintenance
Service Items

Remaining
Engine Oil Life

TOC
Maintenance

Index

SEL/RESET
Button

The system message indicator (
Minder message.

Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
15
10
5
0

Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 to 91
90 to 81
80 to 71
70 to 61
60 to 51
50 to 41
40 to 31
30 to 21
20 to 16
15 to 11
10 to 6
5 to 1
0

) comes on along with the Maintenance

Continued

225

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 226 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM u

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display
Maintenance Message

Oil Life Display

Explanation

Information

SERVICE DUE SOON

15%

The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6
percent. Once you switch the display
by pressing the
(Information)
button this message will go off.

The engine oil is approaching the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced soon.

SERVICE DUE NOW

The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Press the
button to
switch to another display.

The engine oil has almost reached
the end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.

SERVICE PAST DUE

Negative Distance

TOC
Maintenance

U.S.

Index

226

Canada

U.S.

Canada

The remaining engine oil life has
The engine oil life has passed.
passed its service life, and a negative The maintenance items must be
distance appears after driving over 10 inspected and serviced immediately.
miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Press the
button to switch to another display.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 227 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM u

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Maintenance Service Items
System Message
Indicator

1Maintenance Service Items

• Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

• Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000

Maintenance Minder Message

km).

• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.

Main Items

CODE
A
B
TOC

●
●
●

Maintenance

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Index

Maintenance Main Items
Replace engine oil*1
Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter
Inspect front and rear brakes
Check parking brake adjustment
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots
Inspect suspension components
Inspect driveshaft boots
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS)
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
Inspect exhaust system#
Inspect fuel lines and connections#

*1: If message, SERVICE DUE NOW does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,
change the engine oil every year.
*2: If you drive primarily in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000
km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

Sub Items

CODE
1
2

●
●
●
●

3
4

●
●
●
●

●

Maintenance Sub Items
Rotate tires
Replace air cleaner element*2
Replace dust and pollen filter*3
Inspect drive belt
Replace transmission fluid*4
Replace spark plugs
Replace timing belt and inspect water pump*5
Inspect valve clearance
Replace engine coolant

*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission
temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the
Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission
fluid changed at 60,000 miles (100,000 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km). (For A/T only.)
*5: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43 °C), in very low temperatures (under
-20°F, -29°C), or tow a trailer, replace every 60,000 miles/100,000 km. (6-cylinder models only)
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

Continued

227

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 228 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance MinderTM u

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Resetting the Display

1Resetting the Display

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
Maintenance
Item Codes

Engine Oil Life

The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

(Information)
Button
SEL/RESET Button

TOC
Maintenance

Index

1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w .
2. Display the engine oil life by repeatedly pressing the SEL/RESET button.
3. Press and hold the SEL/RESET button for 10 seconds or more.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.
4. Select RESET with the
button.
u The service code will disappear and the engine oil life display will return
to 100%.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select CANCEL, then press the SEL/RESET button.

228

NOTICE

Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 229 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Maintenance Under the Hood
QRG

2013 TSX

Maintenance Items Under the Hood
4-cylinder models

Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)

Manual transmission models

Clutch Fluid
(Light Gray Cap)

Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange Handle)

TOC

Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Automatic transmission models

Maintenance

Automatic Transmission
Fluid Dipstick
(Yellow Loop)

Engine Coolant
Reservoir

Index
Radiator Cap

Continued

229

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 230 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduMaintenance Items Under the Hood

2013 TSX
QRG
6-cylinder models

Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange Loop)

Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)

Engine Oil Fill Cap

TOC

Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)

Maintenance

Automatic Transmission
Fluid Dipstick
(Yellow Loop)
Engine Coolant
Reservoir*

Index
Radiator Cap*
*: Located under the cover

230

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 231 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

QRG

2013 TSX

Opening the Hood
Hood Release Handle

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.

NOTICE

Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.

Pull

3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center
of the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.

TOC

1Opening the Hood

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Lever

Maintenance

Grip

Support Rod

4-cylinder models

4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.

Index
Clamp

When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
Continued

231

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 232 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

2013 TSX
QRG
6-cylinder models

4. Lift the hood up most of the way.
u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the
rest of the way and hold it up.
When closing, lower it to approximately 12
inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with
your hands.

TOC
Maintenance

Index

232

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 233 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Covers *

QRG

2013 TSX

Engine Compartment Covers *
The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by three covers.
You may need to remove the covers when you perform certain maintenance work.
To remove the covers:

1Engine Compartment Covers *
Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the
central pin to remove the clip.

Right Engine Compartment Cover
Remove the holding clips

Insert the clip with the central pin raised, and push
until it is flat.

TOC
Maintenance

Push until the
pin is flat

Left Engine Compartment Cover
Remove the holding clips

Index
Bulkhead Cover Remove the holding clips

* Not available on all models

233

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 234 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

QRG

• Genuine Acura Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown below.
TOC
Maintenance

Ambient Temperature

■ Synthetic oil
Index

234

2013 TSX

Recommended Engine Oil

You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.

1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 235 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

QRG

2013 TSX

Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.

1Oil Check

Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check
the oil.
4-cylinder models

If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.

4-cylinder models

1. Remove the dipstick (orange handle).
6-cylinder models

1. Remove the dipstick (orange loop).
All models

2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
6-cylinder models

3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into
its hole.

TOC
Maintenance

Index

Continued

235

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 236 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

2013 TSX
QRG

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

4-cylinder models

Upper Mark
Lower Mark
6-cylinder models

Upper Mark

TOC
Maintenance

Index

236

Lower Mark

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 237 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

QRG

2013 TSX

Adding Engine Oil
4-cylinder models

1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.

1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may
damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE

Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.

Engine Oil Fill Cap
6-cylinder models

TOC

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Maintenance

Index

237

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 238 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

QRG

You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multiinformation display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
4-cylinder models
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
4-cylinder models

Bolt
4-cylinder models

Under Cover
Drain Bolt

Maintenance

238

3. Remove the bolts on the undercarriage
and remove the under cover.
All models

4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.

TOC

Index

2013 TSX

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
Washer

6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE

You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 239 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

2013 TSX
QRG
6-cylinder models

Drain Bolt

7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)

Washer
4-cylinder models

9. Pour the recommended engine oil into
the engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine.
The low oil pressure indicator should go off within
five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and
check your work.

4-cylinder models

4.2 US qt (4.0 L)
6-cylinder models

4.5 US qt (4.3 L)

TOC

Oil Filter

Maintenance

6-cylinder models

10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely
and start the engine.
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.

Index
Oil Filter

12. Stop the engine, wait for three
minutes, and then check the oil level on
the dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.

239

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 240 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

QRG

2013 TSX

Engine Coolant
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

■ Reserve Tank
6-cylinder models

Reserve Tank

1. Remove the right-side engine
compartment cover.
2 Engine Compartment Covers P. 233
All models

2. Check the amount of coolant in the
reserve tank.

TOC
Maintenance

MAX

MIN
Reserve Tank

3. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
4. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Index

240

1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
4-cylinder models

If temperatures consistently below -22°F (-30°C) are
expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to
a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more
information.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 241 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Radiator
Radiator Cap

1Radiator

3 WARNING

6-cylinder models

1. Remove the radiator cap cover.
All models

2. Make sure the engine and radiator
are cool.
3. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and
relieve any pressure in the coolant system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.

Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
NOTICE

4. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
TOC

6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten
it fully.

Maintenance

7. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.

Index

241

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 242 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid

QRG

2013 TSX

Transmission Fluid
■ Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid)
Check the fluid level when the engine is at normal operating temperature.
1. Park on level ground, and start the engine.
4-cylinder models
2. Wait until the radiator fan starts and then
turn off the engine.
u Perform step 3 after waiting for about 60
seconds (less than 90 seconds).
Upper
Lower
Marks

Rubber
Cap

Guide

6-cylinder models

TOC
Maintenance

Index

242

3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) from the
transmission and wipe it with a clean cloth.
4. Insert the dipstick all the way back into
the transmission securely, as shown in
the image.
5. Remove the dipstick and check the
fluid level.
u It should be between the upper and
lower marks in the HOT range.

HOT
Range

Upper Mark
Lower Mark

6. If the level is below the lower mark,
add fluid into the dipstick hole to bring it
to the level between the upper and lower
marks, and have your vehicle checked by
a dealer immediately.

1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE

Do not mix Acura ATF DW-1 with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF
DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage
the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Acura ATF DW-1 is not covered
by Acura’s new vehicle warranty.
NOTICE

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 243 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Manual Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF)
Check the fluid level when the engine is at normal operating temperature.
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.
Under Cover
2. Remove the bolts with a wrench, then
carefully remove the under cover.

1Manual Transmission Fluid
If Acura MTF is not available, you may use the API
certificated SAE 0W-20 or 5W-20 viscosity motor oil
as a temporary measure.
Replace with MTF as soon as possible. Motor oil does
not contain the proper additives for the transmission
and continued use can cause decreased shifting
performance and lead to transmission damage.

Bolt

TOC
Maintenance

Index

3. Remove the transmission filler bolt and
washer. Carefully feel inside the bolt hole
with your fingers.
u Check if the fluid level is up to the edge
of the bolt hole.
4. If the fluid level is not up to the edge of the
bolt hole, add Acura Manual Transmission
Fluid (MTF) until it runs out of the hole.
5. Put a new washer on the filler bolt, then
reinstall the filler bolt.
u Tightening torque:
33 lbf∙ft (44 N∙m, 4.5 kgf∙m)
6. Reinstall the under cover with the bolts.

243

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 244 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake/Clutch Fluid

QRG

2013 TSX

Brake/Clutch Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Use the same fluid for both the brakes and clutch.

■ Checking the Brake Fluid
4-cylinder models

Brake
Reservoir

MIN
Brake
Reservoir

TOC
Maintenance

MAX

MIN

Index

244

NOTICE

Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.

MAX

6-cylinder models

The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.

1Brake/Clutch Fluid

If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as
soon as possible.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 245 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake/Clutch Fluid

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Checking the Clutch Fluid
Clutch Reservoir

1Checking the Clutch Fluid

The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.

If the clutch fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect for leaks or an excessively worn
clutch plate as soon as possible.

MAX

MIN

TOC
Maintenance

Index

245

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 246 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid

QRG

Check the amount of window washer fluid using the washer fluid level gauge on
the cap.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.

Level Gauge

TOC
Maintenance

Index

246

2013 TSX

Refilling Window Washer Fluid
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 247 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Replacing Light Bulbs
QRG

2013 TSX

Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1Headlight Bulbs

High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3)
Low beam headlight: 55 W (H1 for halogen bulb Type)
35 W (D2S for high voltage discharge type)

NOTICE

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.

■ High Beam Headlight
4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

1. Remove all the engine compartment covers.
2 Engine Compartment Covers * P. 233

Passenger side
All models

2. Remove the engine coolant reservoir.
Engine Coolant Reservoir

TOC

The HB3 and H1 types are halogen bulbs.
When replacing a bulb, handle it by its base, and
protect the glass from contact with your skin or hard
objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

6-cylinder models

Maintenance
Engine Coolant Reservoir

Index

* Not available on all models

Continued

247

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 248 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs

2013 TSX
QRG
4-cylinder models

Fastener

Driver side
4-cylinder models

3. Remove the fasteners, using a flat-tip
screwdriver. Remove the cover of the air
intake duct and its upper part.

Cover

Air Intake
Duct
6-cylinder models

Fastener

6-cylinder models

3. Remove the fasteners, and remove the air
intake duct cover.

TOC
Maintenance

Index

248

Cover

1Headlight Bulbs
The exterior lights’ inside lenses (headlights, brake
lamps, etc.) may fog temporarily after a car wash or
while driving in the rain. This does not impact the
exterior light function.
However, if you see a large amount of water or ice
accumulated inside the lenses, have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 249 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs

2013 TSX
QRG
Driver and passenger side

4-cylinder models

Coupler

Bulb

All models

4. Remove the coupler.
u It can be removed by pushing the tab.
5. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
6. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
Tab
6-cylinder models

Coupler

TOC

Bulb

7. Insert the coupler into the connector of
the bulb.

Tab

Maintenance

Index

Continued

249

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 250 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs

2013 TSX
QRG
High Voltage Discharge Types

■ Low Beam Headlights
High voltage can remain in the circuit for a long period of time after the light is
switched off. Do not attempt to inspect or replace the high voltage discharge type
bulbs yourself. Ask a dealer to inspect and replace low beam headlights.
Halogen Types

■ Low Beam Headlights
Inner Fender
Screw

1Low Beam Headlights

1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to
the opposite side from the headlight
being replaced.
Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel
to the left.

TOC

Driver side: Turn the steering wheel to
the right.

Maintenance

Clip

2. Remove the holding clips and screws, and
pull the inner fender back.
3. Rotate the cover to the left, and remove.

Index
Cover

250

Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the
central pin to remove the clip.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 251 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs

2013 TSX
QRG
Bulb

4. Unhook the hook, and pull out
the connector.

1Low Beam Headlights

5. Remove the old bulb and insert the
new bulb.

Insert the clip with the central pin raised, and push
until it is flat.

6. Put the connector back into the
headlight assembly.

Hook

Push until the
pin is flat

Connector

Fog Light Bulbs

1Fog Light Bulbs
NOTICE

When replacing, use the following bulbs.
TOC

Fog Light: 55 W

Maintenance

Index

1. Remove the clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, and lower the under cover.

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
The fog lights are halogen bulbs.
When replacing a bulb, handle it by its plastic case,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

Clip
Under Cover

Continued

251

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 252 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs

2013 TSX
QRG

2. Remove the coupler.
u It can be removed by pushing the tab.
3. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
Bulb

Tab

Coupler

4. Insert a new bulb into the fog light
assembly and turn it to the right.
5. Insert the coupler into the connector of
the bulb.

Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker: 21/5W

TOC
Maintenance

Index

252

Turn the steering wheel and pull the inner fender back in the same way as when
replacing the low beam headlights.
2 Changing the Low Beam Headlight P. 250

1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Socket
Bulb

2. Push in the old bulb, rotate to the left until
it unlocks, and remove.
3. Insert a new bulb.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 253 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuSide Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs

QRG

Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs

2013 TSX

Door mirrors have the side turn lights. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light bulbs.

Brake Light, Taillight, Rear Turn Signal Light and
Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Brake/Taillight: 21/5 W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W
Rear Side Marker Light: 3 CP
Cover

1. Pull out and remove the cover.

TOC
Maintenance

Index

Continued

253

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 254 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs

2013 TSX
QRG

2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Back-Up Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Back-Up Light: 21 W
1. Remove the clip in the trunk using a
flat-tip screwdriver.

Lining

TOC
Maintenance

2. Pull out the lining.

Clip

Index

254

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 255 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulbs

2013 TSX
QRG
Lining

Clip

3. Turn the socket to the left and remove.
4. Remove the old bulb and insert the
new bulb.
Socket

TOC

Bulb

Maintenance

Rear License Plate Light Bulbs
Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light bulbs.

Index

255

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 256 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuHigh-Mount Brake Light Bulbs

QRG

High-Mount Brake Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
High-Mount Brake Light: 21 W
Bulb

1. Open the trunk.
2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.

Socket

TOC
Maintenance

Index

256

3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

2013 TSX

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 257 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
QRG

2013 TSX

Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the metal wiper
arm may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.

NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.

2. Place a cloth on the edge of the lock
tab. Push the lock tab up with a flat-tip
screw driver.

TOC
Maintenance

3. Slide the blade from the wiper arm.

Lock Tab

Index

Continued

257

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 258 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

2013 TSX
QRG

4. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.

Blade
Top

Retainer
Blade

5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new rubber blade.
u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and
the retainer grooves.

TOC
Maintenance

Index

258

Indent

Tab

6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
u The tab on the holder should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade.
7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm,
then push down the lock tab.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 259 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Checking and Maintaining Tires
QRG

To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month.
TOC
Maintenance

■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.

Index

2013 TSX

Checking Tires
1Checking Tires

3 WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.

• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 264

• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

259

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 260 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

QRG

The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and
loading information.
Label Example

Tire Labeling
Example

Maintenance

260

1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b

The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.

The original tire sizes for front, rear and spare.

The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear and
spare.

1Tire Sizes

Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)

TOC

Index

2013 TSX

Tire and Loading Information Label

The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.

Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size

■ Tire Sizes
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P225/50 R17 93V
P:

Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).

225: Tire width in millimeters.
50: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R:

Tire construction code (R indicates radial).

17: Rim diameter in inches.
93: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
V:

Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating
the maximum speed rating).

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 261 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Tire Identification Number (TIN)
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

■ Glossary of Tire Terminology
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week

Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire
can hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
TOC
Maintenance

Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

Index

261

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 262 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

QRG

2013 TSX

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are
also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to
Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains
these gradings.

■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread
houlder and maximum section width.

■ Treadwear

TOC
Maintenance

Index

262

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test
course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform to Federal
Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 263 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphat and
concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

■ Temperature

TOC
Maintenance

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heate when
te sted under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test
wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on
the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

1Traction

Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is
abased on straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

1Temperature

Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation,
or excessive loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.

Index

263

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 264 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

QRG

2013 TSX

Wear Indicators
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark

The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on
wet roads.

Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
TOC
Maintenance

Index

264

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 265 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

QRG

2013 TSX

Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS and VSA® (vehicle stability assist)
system to work incorrectly.

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

3 WARNING

It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.

Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.

Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.

Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.

TOC
Maintenance

Index

265

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 266 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

QRG

2013 TSX

Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information
display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.

Front

1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Front
Direction Mark

■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
TOC
Maintenance

Index

266

Front

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 267 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uWinter Tires

QRG

If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked “M+S” tires, snow
tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles
when driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to
prevent skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
TOC

2013 TSX

Winter Tires

• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:

Maintenance

4-cylinder models

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1034

1Winter Tires

3 WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
NOTICE

Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.

6-cylinder models

Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1038
Index

• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.

267

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 268 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Battery
QRG

2013 TSX

Checking the Battery
Test Indicator Window

Check the battery condition monthly. Look at
the test indicator window and check the
terminals for corrosion.

1Battery

3 WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.

If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Entering the audio security code P. 140

When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.

• The clock resets.
2 Adjusting the Time P. 88

TOC
Maintenance

Index

268

• The navigation system is disabled. A PIN code will be required.
2 Refer to the navigation system manual

Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.

WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
The test indicator’s color information is on the
battery.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Rinse the terminals with water. Cloth/towel dry the
battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help
prevent future corrosion.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 269 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Remote Transmitter Care
QRG

2013 TSX

Replacing the Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pushed, replace the battery.
Battery type: CR1616
1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillipshead screwdriver. Push a button to pry
open the transmitter.

1Replacing the Battery
NOTICE

An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.

Keypad
Screw

2. Open the keypad.
u Wrap the small flat-tip screwdriver with a
cloth to prevent scratching the
transmitter.
Battery

3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.

TOC
Maintenance

Index

269

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 270 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Climate Control System Maintenance
QRG

The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

TOC
Maintenance

Index

270

2013 TSX

Dust and Pollen Filter
1Dust and Pollen Filter

Using an air freshener may reduce the deodorizing
effect of the dust and pollen filter, and may reduce its
life.
If the air flow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 271 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Cleaning
QRG

2013 TSX

Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.

■ Cleaning Seat Belts
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.

Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.

Opening

If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.

TOC
Maintenance

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
off using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Index

Continued

271

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 272 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuCleaninguInterior Care

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Floor Mats

1Floor Mats
To unlock

Driver’s floor mat is shown.

The front floor mats hook over the floor
anchors, which keep the mats from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mats.

■ Maintaining Genuine Leather *

TOC

Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.

Maintenance

Index

272

* Not available on all models

If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 273 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

QRG

2013 TSX

Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

■ Washing the Vehicle

1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents or engine
compartment. It can cause a malfunction.

Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the
following conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

■ Using an Automated Car Wash
TOC

Fold in the door mirrors. Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the
automated car wash.

Air Intake Vents

Maintenance

■ Using High Pressure Cleaners
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray water into the engine compartment.

Index

Continued

273

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 274 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Applying Wax
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.

■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.

■ Cleaning the Window
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
TOC
Maintenance

Index

274

■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that
helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.

1Applying Wax
NOTICE

Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up
spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.

1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 275 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Index

Tools .................................................. 276
Types of Tools .................................. 276
If a Tire Goes Flat .............................. 277
Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 277
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine ........................ 283
Jump Starting.................................... 284
Shift Lever Does Not Move .............. 287
Overheating ...................................... 288
How to Handle Overheating............. 288

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On...................................... 290
If the Charging System Indicator
Comes On ..................................... 290
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks ........................ 291
If the Brake System Indicator Comes On.. 292
If the EPS System Indicator Comes On... 292
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS
Indicator Comes On or Blinks.......... 293

Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 294

Circuit Protected and Amps for
Each Fuse.................................... 296
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 298
Emergency Towing........................... 299
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill
Door................................................. 300
When You Cannot Open the Trunk.. 301

275

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 276 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Tools
QRG

2013 TSX

Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the trunk.

Jack Handle Bar

Wheel Nut Wrench/
Jack Handle
Handling the Unexpected

TOC

Index

276

Jack
Tool Case

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 277 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

If a Tire Goes Flat
QRG

2013 TSX

Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake
gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a
compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire
repaired or replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the
parking brake.
Automatic transmission models

1Changing a Flat Tire
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model.

2. Move the shift lever in (P .
Handling the Unexpected

Do not use them with another vehicle.

Manual transmission models

2. Move the shift lever in (R .

Do not use another type of compact spare tire or
wheel with your vehicle.

All models

3. Set the parking brake.
4. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 .

Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it will
the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.

TOC
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire,
as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.

Index

Continued

277

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 278 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1. Pull the handle on the trunk floor lid and
open the lid. Hook the handle to the edge
of the trunk opening.

Handling the Unexpected

Tool Case

3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.

Spare Tire

TOC

4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

Index
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.

278

2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take
the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the
tool case.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 279 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

2013 TSX
QRG

5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.

Handling the Unexpected

6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.

TOC

Index

Continued

279

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 280 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

2013 TSX
QRG

■ How to Set Up the Jack

1How to Set Up the Jack

1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.

3 WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Turn the end bracket (as shown in the
image) clockwise until the top of the jack
contacts the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.

TOC

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.

Index
Jack
Handle
Bar

280

Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
their shape may not match.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely.
•
• Do not use while the engine is running.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
• Use only at the jacking points.
• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 281 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Replacing the Flat Tire

1Replacing the Flat Tire

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.

TOC

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.

Index

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.

3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch
the lips around the mounting holes, and
stop rotating.

Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)

Continued

281

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 282 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Storing the Flat Tire
Spacer
Cone

1. Remove the center cap and place the flat
tire face down in the spare tire well.
Wing
Bolt

2. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
For
For
compact normal
spare tire tire

Handling the Unexpected

TOC

Index

282

1Storing the Flat Tire

3. Securely put the jack and wheel nut
wrench back in the tool case. Store the case
in the trunk.

■ TPMS and the Spare Tire
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. CHECK TPMS
SYSTEM appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on
the multi-information display and the TPMS indicator will go off after a few
miles (kilometers).

3 WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.

1TPMS and the Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a
tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 283 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Engine Does Not Start
QRG

2013 TSX

Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.

1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 284

Handling the Unexpected

TOC

Starter condition
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.

Checklist
Check brightness of the interior light.
Turn on interior lights and check brightness.
● If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2 Checking the Battery P. 268

If the interior lights come on normally 2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 298
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 191
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
●

2 Immobilizer System P. 98

Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 75
Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 298

If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 299

Index

283

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 284 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Jump Starting
2013 TSX
QRG

■ Jump Starting Procedure

1Jump Starting

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
6-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

1. Slide out the battery terminal cover.

3 WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.

Handling the Unexpected

Cover
4-cylinder models

3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the assisting vehicle’s + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.

TOC
Booster Battery

Index

284

All models

2. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s battery + terminal.

4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
assisting vehicle’s - terminal.

Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 285 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuJump Startingu

2013 TSX
QRG
1Jump Starting

6-cylinder models

Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.

Booster Battery
4-cylinder models with
automatic transmission

5. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable:
4-cylinder models with automatic transmission

Engine mounting bolt
4-cylinder models with manual transmission

Transmission mounting bolt
6-cylinder models

Engine hanger
TOC

4-cylinder models with
manual transmission

Do not connect this jumper cable to any
other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.

Index

7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

Continued

285

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 286 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuJump Startingu

2013 TSX
QRG
6-cylinder models

Handling the Unexpected

TOC

■ What to Do After the Engine Starts
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the
following order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle’s
battery - terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the assisting vehicle’s
battery + terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

Index

286

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 287 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Shift Lever Does Not Move
2013 TSX
QRG
Automatic transmission models

Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the
(P position.

■ Releasing the Lock
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

Handling the Unexpected

Slot

3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flattip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock
release slot as shown in the image, and
remove the cover.

Cover
Shift Lock
Release Slot

TOC

4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing on the key down, press the
shift lever release button and place the shift
lever into (N .
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.

Release Button

Index

287

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 288 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Overheating
QRG

2013 TSX

How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:

1How to Handle Overheating

• The temperature gauge needle is at the H mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.

Handling the Unexpected

TOC

Index

288

2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.

3 WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
NOTICE

Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
needle at the H mark may damage the engine.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 289 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Next thing to do
MAX

MIN
Handling the Unexpected

TOC

Reserve Tank

1How to Handle Overheating

1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle comes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.

3 WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.

■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone
down, contact a dealer for repairs.

Index

289

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 290 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
QRG

2013 TSX

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE

Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.

■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about one minute.
Handling the Unexpected

TOC

2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The light goes out: Start driving again.
u The light does not go out within 10 seconds: Stop the engine and
contact a dealer for repairs immediately.

If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.

■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
Index

290

1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 291 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

QRG

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks
■ Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.

■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at
a dealer.

■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Handling the Unexpected

TOC

2013 TSX
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE

If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.

Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
ten minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

■ Tighten Fuel Fill Cap Message
■ The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.
■ What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check that the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
u The message should go off.

Index

■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on:
Malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, check the fuel fill cap using the procedures
described above.
291

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 292 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator Comes On

QRG

U.S.

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.

Canada

■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
Handling the Unexpected

TOC

Index

292

2013 TSX

If the Brake System Indicator Comes On
1If the Brake System Indicator Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.

It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the brake distribution system is
not working. This can result in vehicle instability
under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

If the EPS System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.

■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

1If the EPS System Indicator Comes On
NOTICE

If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on
the full left or right position for a while, the system
heats up. The system goes into a protective mode,
and limits its performance. The steering wheel
becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the
system cools down, EPS system is restored. Repeated
operation under these conditions can eventually
damage the system.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 293 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

QRG

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS
Indicator Comes On or Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or
the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator blinks for about one
minute, and then stays on.

2013 TSX
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE

Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
Handling the Unexpected

■ What to do when the indicator blinks
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).

TOC

Index

293

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 294 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Fuses
QRG

2013 TSX

Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 and
check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.

■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.

Handling the Unexpected

■ Driver Side Fuse Box

294

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and
box cover number.

1Driver Side Fuse Box

Located under the dashboard.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on the side
panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and
label number.

TOC

Index

1Engine Compartment Fuse Box

Fuse Label

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 295 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Passenger Side Fuse Box

1Passenger Side Fuse Box

Located on the lower side panel. Take off the
cover to open.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and
box cover number.

Handling the Unexpected

TOC

Index

295

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 296 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuFusesuCircuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse

QRG

The current rating in brackets indicate that
you may find a fuse in the location even if
your particular model is not equipped with
the device the fuse is used for.

■ Engine Compartment
Circuit Protected

1
Handling the Unexpected

TOC

3
Index

296

2013 TSX

Circuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse

Amps
100 A*1
Battery
120 A*2
Passenger’s Side Fuse Box
40 A
EPS
70 A
Passenger’s Side Fuse Box (40 A)
ABS/VSA FSR
30 A
−
−
ABS/VSA Motor
30 A
−
−
IG
50 A
Driver’s Side Fuse Box
(40 A)
Passenger’s Side Light Main 30 A
Driver’s Side Fuse Box
(60 A)
Driver’s Side Light Main
30 A
Main Fan Motor
30 A
−*1
−
Wiper Motor*2
30 A
Wiper Motor*1
30 A
Sub Fan Motor*2

* Not available on all models

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

Circuit Protected
Rear Defogger
Sub Fan Motor*1
−*2
−
−
Heater Motor
Hazard
Horn
−
Stop
IG Coil
FI Sub
Backup
Interior Lights
FI Main
DBW
−*1
Back Up FI ECU*2
MG Clutch
Engine Oil Level*1
Fan RLY*2

*1:4-cylinder models
*2:6-cylinder models

Amps
40 A
20 A
−
−
−
40 A
15 A
10 A
−
15 A
15 A
15 A
10 A
7.5 A
15 A
15 A
−
7.5A
7.5 A
7.5 A

■ Driver Side
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Circuit Protected
−
Seat Memory
Washer
Wiper
Meter
ABS/VSA
ACG
STS*1
Starter DIAG*2
Fuel Pump
VB SOL *
SRS
ODS
−*1
STS*2
−
Daytime Running Lights
A/C
Accessory, Key, Lock

Amps
−
(7.5 A)
15 A
10 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
15 A
(7.5 A)
20 A
(10 A)
10 A
7.5 A
(7.5 A)
−
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 297 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuFusesuCircuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse

2013 TSX
QRG

Handling the Unexpected

TOC

Circuit Protected
18
Accessory
19 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding
20
Moonroof
Driver’s Power Seat
21
Reclining
Rear Driver’s Side Power
22
Window
Front Accessory Power
23
Socket
24
Driver’s Power Window
25
Driver’s Side Door Lock
26
Left Front Fog Light
Left Side Small Lights
27
(Exterior)
28 Left Headlight High Beam
29
TPMS
30 Left Headlight Low Beam
31
−
32
Engine Oil Level *
*1:4-cylinder models
*2:6-cylinder models

Amps
7.5 A
(20 A)
(20 A)
(20 A)
20 A
20 A
20 A
15 A
(10 A)

■ Passenger Side
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

10 A

10 A
10 A
15 A
−
(7.5 A)

10
11
12
13

Circuit Protected
Right Headlight High Beam
Right Side Small Lights
(Exterior)
Right Front Fog Light
Right Headlight Low Beam
−
Interior Lights
−
Passenger’s Side Power Seat
Reclining
Passenger’s Side Power Seat
Sliding
Right Side Door Lock
Rear Passenger’s Side Power
Window
Console Accessory Power
Socket
Front Passenger’s Power
Window

Amps
10 A
10 A
(10 A)
15 A
−
7.5 A
−

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

Circuit Protected
−
Premium AMP
−
−
−
Seat Heater
−
−
−

Amps
−
(20 A)
−
−
−
20 A
−
−
−

20 A
20 A
10 A
20 A
20 A
20 A

Index

* Not available on all models

297

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 298 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses

QRG

Fuse

Blown Fuse

1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 . Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.

Combined Fuse
Blown Fuse

Handling the Unexpected

TOC

Index

298

2013 TSX

Inspecting and Changing Fuses

Fuse Puller

3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.

4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE

Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system. If you do not have a replacement
fuse with the proper rating for the circuit, install one
with a lower rating.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 296 and P. 297.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 299 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Emergency Towing
2013 TSX
QRG

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.

1Emergency Towing
NOTICE

Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle’s weight.
NOTICE

■ Wheel lift equipment

Handling the Unexpected

The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.

Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.

TOC

Index

299

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 300 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
2013 TSX
QRG

■ What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.
1. Open the trunk and pull off the left inside
cover.

Handling the Unexpected

TOC

Index

300

Cover

2. Pull the release lever towards you.
u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled, and locks when
returned to its original position.

1What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 301 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

When You Cannot Open the Trunk
2013 TSX
QRG

■ What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk
If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure.
1. Remove the rear outer head restraint on the
rear left side, and open the tether anchor
point cover.

1What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.

Handling the Unexpected

Tether Anchor
Point Cover

2. Insert the key into the cylinder and turn the
key to the right.

TOC

Index

301

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 302 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Index

302

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 303 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.

Specifications.................................... 304
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).. 308

Engine Number and Transmission
Number ......................................308

Index

Devices that Emit Radio Waves....... 309
Reporting Safety Defects................. 310
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 311
Warranty Coverages ........................ 313
Authorized Manuals......................... 315
Client Service Information ............... 316

303

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 304 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Specifications
2013 TSX
QRG

■ Engine Specifications

4-cylinder models

■ Vehicle Specifications

Displacement

Model
No. of Passengers:
Front
Rear
Total
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating

Acura TSX

Spark Plugs

2
3
5

■ Fuel

U.S.: 4,475 lbs (2,030 kg)*1
Canada: 2,030 kg*1
U.S.: 4,395 lbs (1,995 kg)*2
Canada: 1,995 kg*2

■ Battery

U.S.: 2,410 lbs (1,095 kg)*1
Canada: 1,095 kg*1
U.S.: 2,325 lbs (1,055 kg)*2
Canada: 1,055 kg*2

Tank Capacity

Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)

Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)

Information

TOC
Index

304

Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type
Charge Quantity
Lubricant Type

U.S.: 2,090 lbs (950 kg)
Canada: 950 kg
HFC-134a (R-134a)
15.8 – 17.6 oz (450 – 500 g)
SP-10

*1: Automatic transmission models
*2: Manual transmission models

Fuel:
Type
Fuel Tank Capacity

144 cu-in (2,354 cm3)
NGK
ILZKR7B-11S
DENSO
SXU22HCR11S
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 91 or higher
18.5 US gal (70 ℓ)

Capacity/Type

36AH(5)/45AH(20)
36AH(5)/47AH(20)

■ Washer Fluid
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 ℓ)

■ Light Bulbs
Headlights (Low Beam)
Headlights (High Beam)
Fog Lights
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side
Marker Lights
Side Turn Signal Lights
(on Door Mirrors)
Brake/Taillights
Rear Turn Signal Lights
Back-Up Lights
Rear Side Marker Lights
High-Mount Brake Light
License Plate Lights
Trunk Light
Interior Lights
Spotlight
Ceiling Light
Vanity Mirror Lights
Courtesy Lights

35W (D2S)*3
55W (H1)*4
60W (HB3)
55W (H11)
21/5W
LED
21/5W
21W
21W
3CP
21W
5W
5W
8W
8W
2W
3.8W

*3: Vehicle with discharge headlights
*4: Vehicle with halogen bulb low beam headlights

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 305 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuSpecificationsu

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Brake/Clutch Fluid
Specified

■ Engine Oil

Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

■ Transmission Fluid
Specified*1
Specified*2

Acura ATF DW-1
(automatic
transmission fluid)
Acura Manual
Transmission Fluid

*1: Automatic transmission models
*2: Manual transmission models

Recommended

■ Tire
·Acura Genuine Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Change
4.0 US qt (3.8 ℓ)
Change
including
4.2 US qt (4.0 ℓ)
filter

2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
(Change)

Capacity

2.0 US qt (1.9 ℓ)
(Change)

■ Engine Coolant
Specified
Ratio
Capacity*1

Capacity*2

Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
50/50 with distilled water
1.64 US gal (6.2 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.196 US gal (0.74 ℓ) in the reserve tank)
1.66 US gal (6.3 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.196 US gal (0.74 ℓ) in the reserve tank)

Regular
Compact
Spare
Wheel Size

Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Regular
Compact Spare

P225/50R17 93V
33 (230 [2.3])
T135/80D16 101M
60 (420 [4.2])
17 x 7.5J
16 x 4T

*1: Automatic transmission models
*2: Manual transmission models

Information

TOC
Index

Continued

305

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 306 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuSpecificationsu

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Engine Specifications

6-cylinder models

■ Vehicle Specifications

Displacement

Model
No. of Passengers:
Front
Rear
Total
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)

Acura TSX

Spark Plugs

2
3
5

■ Fuel

U.S.: 4,630 lbs (2,100 kg)
Canada: 2,100 kg

■ Battery

Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type
Charge Quantity
Lubricant Type

Information

TOC
Index

306

U.S.: 2,557 lbs (1,160 kg)
Canada: 1,160 kg
U.S.: 2,083 lbs (945 kg)
Canada: 945 kg
HFC-134a (R-134a)
15.8 – 17.6 oz (450 – 500 g)
SP-10

Fuel:
Type
Fuel Tank Capacity

212 cu-in (3,471 cm3)
NGK
ILZKR7B11
DENSO
SXU22HCR11
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 91 or higher
18.5 US gal (70 ℓ)

Capacity/Type

55AH(5)/72AH(20)

■ Washer Fluid
Tank Capacity

U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 ℓ)

35W (D2S)
60W (HB3)
55W (H11)
21/5W
LED
21/5W
21W
21W
3CP
21W
5W
5W
8W
8W
2W
3.8W

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 307 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuSpecificationsu

2013 TSX
QRG

■ Brake/Clutch Fluid
Specified

■ Engine Oil

Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

■ Transmission Fluid
Specified

Acura ATF DW-1
(automatic
transmission fluid)

3.5 US qt (3.3 ℓ)
(Change)

Recommended

Capacity

■ Tire
·Acura Genuine Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Change
4.2 US qt (4.0 ℓ)
Change
including
4.5 US qt (4.3 ℓ)
filter

■ Engine Coolant
Specified
Ratio
Capacity

Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
50/50 with distilled water
1.77 US gal (6.7 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.196 US gal (0.74 ℓ) in the reserve tank)

Regular
Compact
Spare
Wheel Size

Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Regular
Compact Spare

P235/45R18 94V
33 (230 [2.3])
T135/80D16 101M
60 (420 [4.2])
18 x 8J
16 x 4T

Information

TOC
Index

307

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 308 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Identification Numbers
QRG

2013 TSX

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. See the
image below for the VIN locations.

Engine Number and Transmission Number
See the image below for the locations of your vehicle’s engine number and
transmission number.
Vehicle Identification Number
4-cylinder models

Engine Number
Automatic Transmission
Number
Information

Manual Transmission
Number
6-cylinder models

TOC
Index

308

Engine Number
Automatic Transmission
Number

Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification
Number

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 309 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Devices that Emit Radio Waves
2013 TSX
QRG

The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in
operation.
U.S. models

AcuraLink
Bluetooth® Audio
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Remote Transmitter

Audio System
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Immobilizer System
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required
standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada
Standard, described below:

Information

TOC
Index

As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.

309

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 310 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Reporting Safety Defects
2013 TSX
QRG

In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it
may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer,
or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov
;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590.
You can also obtain othe r information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Information

TOC
Index

310

In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform
Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may .call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on
reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety.

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 311 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Emissions Testing
QRG

2013 TSX

Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle uses “readiness codes,” as part of its onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states refer to these codes during testing to see if your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read if you go through the testing just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON (w , without starting the
engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then
goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are
not set.

1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
Information

TOC
Index

3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40 °F and 95 °F (4 °C and 35 °C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for
20 seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in (P (automatic transmission) or (N (manual transmission).
Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there until the temperature
gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the scale (about 3 minutes).
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.

Continued

311

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 312 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes

2013 TSX
QRG

7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D (automatic) or 5th (manual). Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows,
drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may
vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds
because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two
more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.

Information

TOC
Index

312

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 313 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Warranty Coverages
2013 TSX
QRG

■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems, and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for
rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Information

TOC

Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty.
Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.

Index

Continued

313

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 314 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

uuWarranty Coveragesu

2013 TSX
QRG

Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the 2013 Acura
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the 2013 warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

Information

TOC
Index

314

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 315 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Authorized Manuals
2013 TSX
QRG

■ For U.S. Owners:
The publications listed below can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can
order a manual by phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at
www.helminc.com.
Make an inquiry to Helm Inc. at (800) 782-4356 if you are interested in ordering
other models’ or other years’ manuals.
Publication
Form Number
61TL204
61TP103
61TL204EL
61TP103EL
61TL232
31TL1640
Information

31TL1M40
31TL1Q40

TOC

ACU-R

31TL1840

Form Description
2011-2013 Acura TSX L4 Sedan/Sport Wagon Service Manual
2013 Acura TSX V6 Service Manual
2011-2013 Acura TSX
Electrical Troubleshooting Manual
2013 Acura TSX V6
Electrical Troubleshooting Manual
2009-2013 Acura TSX Body Repair Manual
2013 Acura TSX Owner’s Manual
2013 Acura TSX
Navigation System Owner’s Manual
2013 Acura TSX Maintenance Journal
2013 Acura TSX Advanced Technology Guide
Order Form for Previous YearsIndicate Year and Model Desired

1Authorized Manuals
Service Manual:
Covers maintenance and recommended procedures
for repair to engine and chassis components. It is
written for the journeyman technician, but it is simple
enough for most mechanically inclined owners to
understand.
Electrical Troubleshooting Manual:
Complements the Service Manual by providing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Body Repair Manual:
Describes the procedures involved in the replacement
of damaged body parts.
For Canadian Owners:
Si vous avez besoin d’un Manuel du propriétaire en
français, veuillez demander à votre concessionnaire
de commander le numéro de pièce 33TL1C40

Index

315

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 316 ページ

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Client Service Information
2013 TSX
QRG

Acura dealer personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that
your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the
dealership’s service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership’s management, contact Acura Client Relations/
Services.

U.S. Owners:
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Acura Client Relations
Mail Stop 500-2N-7E
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 382-2238

Information

TOC
Index

316

Canadian Owners:
Honda Canada Inc.
Acura Client Services
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-Mail: acura_cr@ch.honda.com

In Puerto Rico and the
U.S. Virgin Islands:
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546

1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
P. 308
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 317 ページ

Index

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

Index
QRG

A
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 212
Accessories and Modifications ................ 219
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 129
Active Head Restraints............................. 122
Additives
Coolant .................................................. 240
Engine Oil ............................................... 234
Washer ................................................... 246
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 234
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 124
Front Seats.............................................. 116
Head Restraints....................................... 118
Headlights .............................................. 247
Mirrors.................................................... 114
Rear Seats............................................... 123
Steering Wheel ....................................... 113
Temperature ............................................. 78
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System).................................................... 133
Changing the Mode................................ 133
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 134
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 270
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 133
Sensor .................................................... 136
Synchronized Mode ................................ 135
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 133
Air Pressure .............................. 260, 305, 307

2013 TSX
Airbags ........................................................ 33
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 39
After a Collision......................................... 37
Airbag Care ............................................... 47
Event Data Recorder .................................. 19
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 36
Indicator ........................................ 44, 67, 70
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 45
Sensors...................................................... 33
Side Airbag Cutoff System ......................... 42
Side Airbag Off Indicator ........................... 46
Side Airbags .............................................. 40
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 43
AM/FM Radio ............................................ 143
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 212
Indicator .................................................... 66
Armrest ..................................................... 124
Audio System ............................................ 138
Adjusting the Sound ................................ 142
Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 140
Error Messages ........................................ 158
General Information ................................ 161
MP3/WMA/AAC ...................................... 153
Recommended CDs ................................. 162
Recommended Devices ............................ 164
Remote Controls ..................................... 160
Security Code .......................................... 140
Theft Protection....................................... 140
USB Adapter Cable .................................. 139
USB Flash Drives ...................................... 164
Authorized Manuals................................. 315

Auto Door Lock/Unlock.............................. 94
Customize........................................... 81, 83
Automatic Lighting .................................. 106
Automatic Transmission........................... 194
Creeping ................................................. 194
Fluid........................................................ 242
Kickdown................................................ 194
Operating the Shift Lever................... 13, 196
Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 197
Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 287
Shifting ................................................... 195
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 140
Average Fuel Economy .............................. 78
Average Speed ........................................... 79

B
Battery ...................................................... 268
Charging System Indicator................. 65, 290
Jump Starting.......................................... 284
Maintenance (Checking the Battery)........ 268
Maintenance (Replacing) ......................... 269
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 26
Beverage Holders ..................................... 128
Bluetooth® Audio ..................................... 156
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..................... 167
Booster Seats (For Children) ...................... 59
Brake System ............................................ 210
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)................... 212
Brake Assist System ................................. 213
Fluid........................................................ 244

317

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 318 ページ

Index

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Foot Brake ............................................... 211
Indicator ............................................ 64, 292
Parking Brake .......................................... 210
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 109
Bulb Replacement..................................... 247
Back-Up Lights......................................... 254
Brake Light, Taillight, Rear Turn Signal
Light and Rear Side Marker Lights .......... 253
Fog Lights................................................ 251
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker
Lights..................................................... 252
Headlights ............................................... 247
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 256
Rear License Plate Light............................ 255
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights..................................................... 253
Bulb Specifications............................ 304, 306

Index

318

Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 60
Cargo Hooks.............................................. 130
Carrying Cargo.................................. 183, 185
CD Player ................................................... 147
Certification Label .................................... 308
Changing Bulbs......................................... 247
Charging System Indicator ................. 65, 290
Child Safety ................................................. 48
Childproof Door Locks ............................... 94
Emergency Trunk Opener .......................... 97

Child Seat.................................................... 48
Booster Seats ............................................ 59
Child Seat for Infants................................. 50
Child Seat for Small Children..................... 51
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 55
Larger Children ......................................... 58
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 50
Selecting a Child Seat................................ 52
Using a Tether........................................... 57
Childproof Door Locks ............................... 94
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 273
Cleaning the Interior................................ 271
Client Service Information ....................... 316
Climate Control System............................ 133
Changing the Mode ................................ 133
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 134
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 270
Recirculation and Fresh Air Mode ............ 133
Sensors ................................................... 136
Synchronized Mode................................. 135
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 133
Clock............................................................ 88
Clutch Fluid............................................... 245
Coat Hook................................................. 130
Compact Spare Tire .................. 277, 305, 307
Compass .................................................... 179
Console Compartment ............................. 127
Controls....................................................... 87

Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 240
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 241
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 240
Overheating............................................ 288
Temperature Gauge .................................. 75
Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 194
Cruise Control .......................................... 201
Indicator ................................................... 71
Cup Holders .............................................. 128
Customized Features ................................. 80

D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 107
Dead Battery ............................................ 284
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ................................................. 134
Detachable Shelf...................................... 126
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 309
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 105
Rear View Mirror..................................... 114
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 235
Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 105
Door Mirrors............................................. 114
Doors .......................................................... 89
Auto Door Lock ........................................ 94
Auto Door Unlock ..................................... 94
Door and Trunk Open Indicator........... 25, 68
Keys.......................................................... 89

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 319 ページ

Index

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ...................................................... 93
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside ................................................... 91
Lockout Prevention System ....................... 92
DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 262
Driving ...................................................... 181
Automatic Transmission .......................... 194
Braking ................................................... 210
Cruise Control ........................................ 201
Shifting Gear .................................. 195, 199
Starting the Engine ................................. 191
Driving Position Memory System ............ 111
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 270

Index

Elapsed Time .............................................. 79
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator ........................................... 68, 292
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............ 204
Emergency................................................ 299
Emergency Trunk Opener ......................... 97
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ...... 311
Engine....................................................... 308
Coolant .................................................. 240
Jump Starting ......................................... 284
Oil .......................................................... 234
Starting................................................... 191
Switch Buzzer ......................................... 104

Engine Coolant ......................................... 240
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 241
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 240
Overheating ............................................ 288
Temperature Gauge .................................. 75
Engine Oil ................................................. 234
Adding .................................................... 237
Checking ................................................. 235
Displaying Oil Life .................................... 225
Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 64, 290
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 234
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System ............................................... 68, 292
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 60
Exterior Care (Cleaning) ........................... 273
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 114

F
Features.....................................................
Filters
Dust and Pollen .......................................
Oil ...........................................................
Flat Tire .....................................................
Floor Mats .................................................
Fluids
Automatic Transmission...........................
Brake/Clutch............................................
Engine Coolant........................................
Manual Transmission ...............................
Windshield Washer..................................

137
270
238
277
272
242
244
240
243
246

Fog Light Indicator..................................... 70
Folding Down the Rear Seats .................. 123
Foot Brake ................................................ 211
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 36
Front Seats ................................................ 116
Adjusting ................................................ 116
Fuel...................................................... 14, 215
Economy ................................................. 218
Gauge....................................................... 75
Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 78
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 66
Range ....................................................... 78
Recommendation .................................... 215
Refueling................................................. 215
Fuel Economy ........................................... 218
Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 14, 217
Message.................................................. 291
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 14, 216
Unable to Unlock .................................... 300
Fuses.......................................................... 294
Inspecting and Changing......................... 298
Locations................................................. 294

G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 218
Gauge....................................................... 75
Information ............................................. 215
Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 78
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 66

319

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 320 ページ

Index

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Refueling ................................................. 215
Gauges......................................................... 75
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Automatic Transmission........................... 195
Manual Transmission ............................... 199
Glass (care) ................................................ 274
Glove Box .................................................. 126

Index

320

Halogen Bulbs................................... 247, 251
Handling the Unexpected ........................ 275
HandsFreeLink® (HFL) ............................... 167
Change Language ................................... 178
Help Features........................................... 168
Information Display.................................. 168
Making a Call .......................................... 173
Menus ..................................................... 169
Muting a Call........................................... 174
Phone Setup ............................................ 171
Phonebook .............................................. 175
Receiving a Call ....................................... 174
Sending Numbers or Names During a
Call........................................................ 174
Transferring a Call ................................... 174
Hazard Warning Button............................... 2
Head Restraints......................................... 118
Headlights ................................................. 105
Aiming .................................................... 247
Automatic Operation ............................... 106
Dimming ......................................... 105, 107

Operating................................................ 105
Heated Door Mirrors................................ 110
Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 132
High-Beam Indicator .................................. 69
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver............ 165

I
Identification Numbers ............................ 308
Engine and Transmission ......................... 308
Vehicle Identification ............................... 308
Ignition Switch ......................................... 104
Illumination Control................................. 109
Knob....................................................... 109
Immobilizer System .................................... 98
Indicator.................................................... 70
Indicators .................................................... 64
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)..................... 66
Charging System ............................... 65, 290
CRUISE CONTROL ............................. 71, 202
CRUISE MAIN .................................... 71, 201
Door and Trunk Open ......................... 25, 68
EPS (Electric Power Steering) System.. 68, 292
Fog Light................................................... 70
High-Beam ................................................ 69
Immobilizer System ................................... 70
Lights On .................................................. 69
Low Fuel ................................................... 66
Low Oil Pressure................................ 64, 290
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS............. 68, 206, 208
Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 225

Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 65, 291
Parking Brake and Brake System ............... 64
Seat Belt Reminder.............................. 27, 66
Security System Alarm............................... 71
Side Airbag Off ................................... 46, 70
Supplemental Restraint System ........... 44, 67
System Message ....................................... 69
Transmission ............................................. 65
Turn Signal ............................................... 69
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist)
System ............................................ 67, 204
VSA® OFF.......................................... 67, 205
Information .............................................. 303
Information Buttons .................................. 76
Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 78
Instrument Panel........................................ 63
Brightness Control .................................. 109
Interior Lights........................................... 125
Interior Rearview Mirror ......................... 114

J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 280
Jump Starting........................................... 284

K
Key Number Tag ........................................
Keyless Lockout Prevention.......................
Keys.............................................................
Lockout Prevention ...................................

90
92
89
92

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 321 ページ

Index

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Number Tag.............................................. 90
Rear Door Won’t Open ............................. 94
Remote Transmitter .................................. 91
Retractable Master Keys............................ 89
Types and Functions.................................. 89
Valet Key .................................................. 90
Won’t Turn ............................................... 17
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission) ...... 194

Index

Language (HFL) ........................................ 178
LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 53
Lights ................................................ 105, 247
Automatic............................................... 106
Bulb Replacement ................................... 247
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 107
Fog Lights ............................................... 107
High-Beam Indicator ................................. 69
Interior.................................................... 125
Light Switches......................................... 105
Lights On Indicator.................................... 69
Turn Signals ............................................ 105
Load Limits ............................................... 185
Locking/Unlocking ..................................... 89
Auto Door Lock/Unlock............................. 94
Childproof Door Locks .............................. 94
From Inside ............................................... 93
From Outside ............................................ 91
Keys.......................................................... 89
Lockout Prevention System ....................... 92

Using a Key ............................................... 92
Lockout Prevention System........................ 92
Low Battery Charge.................................. 290
Low Fuel Indicator ...................................... 66
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 64, 290
Lower Anchors ............................................ 53
Lubricant Specifications Chart ......... 305, 307
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 185

M
Maintenance ............................................. 221
Battery .................................................... 268
Brake/Clutch Fluid ................................... 244
Cleaning.................................................. 271
Climate Control ....................................... 270
Coolant ................................................... 240
Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 225
Oil ........................................................... 235
Precautions.............................................. 222
Radiator .................................................. 241
Remote Transmitter ................................. 269
Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 247
Safety ...................................................... 223
Service Items ........................................... 227
Tires ........................................................ 259
Transmission Fluid ................................... 242
Under the Hood ...................................... 229
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 65, 291
Manual Transmission................................ 199
Map Lights ................................................ 125

Maximum Load Limit ............................... 185
Meters, Gauges........................................... 75
Mirrors ...................................................... 114
Adjusting ................................................ 114
Automatic Dimming ................................ 114
Door ....................................................... 114
Exterior ................................................... 114
Interior Rearview ..................................... 114
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 219
Moonroof ................................................. 103
MP3 ................................................... 147, 153
Multi-Information Display ......................... 76

N
Numbers (Identification).......................... 308

O
Odometer ................................................... 77
Oil (Engine)............................................... 234
Adding.................................................... 237
Checking................................................. 235
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 225
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 64, 290
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 234
Viscosity .................................................. 234
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 231
Moonroof ............................................... 103
Power Windows ...................................... 100

321

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 322 ページ

Index

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Trunk......................................................... 95
Overheating .............................................. 288

P Q
Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift
Mode) ................................................ 13, 198
Panic Mode ................................................. 99
Parking ...................................................... 214
Parking Brake............................................ 210
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator ............................................ 64, 292
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 45
Passing Indicators ..................................... 105
Power Windows........................................ 100
Precautions While Driving........................ 193
Rain......................................................... 193
Pregnant Women ....................................... 31
Puncture (Tire) .......................................... 277

Index

322

Radiator..................................................... 241
Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 143
Radio Data System (RDS).......................... 144
Range .......................................................... 78
RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 144
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 311
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button...................................................... 110
Rear Seats (Folding Down)....................... 123

Rearview Mirror (Automatic Dimming) .. 114
Refueling .................................................. 215
Fuel Gauge............................................ 8, 75
Gasoline.................................. 215, 304, 306
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 66
Regulations............................... 208, 262, 309
Remote Transmitter ................................... 91
Replacement
Battery .................................................... 269
Bulbs....................................................... 247
Fuses....................................................... 294
Tires ........................................................ 265
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 257
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 310
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................... 77
Retractable Master Keys ............................ 89
Reverse Tilt Mirror.................................... 115

S
Safe Driving ................................................
Safety Check ...............................................
Safety Labels...............................................
Safety Message...........................................
Seat Belts ....................................................
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor..................
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners .................
Checking...................................................
Fastening ..................................................
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt..................................................

21
25
61
20
26
30
28
32
29
55

Pregnant Women...................................... 31
Reminder .................................................. 27
Warning Indicator ............................... 27, 66
Seat Heaters ............................................. 132
Seats.......................................................... 116
Adjusting ................................................ 116
Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 120
Front Seats.............................................. 116
Rear Seats............................................... 123
Seat Heaters ........................................... 132
Security System .......................................... 98
Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 70
Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 71
SEL/RESET Knob.......................................... 76
Select Lever ................................ 13, 195, 199
Operation ................................. 13, 196, 199
Releasing ................................................ 287
Won’t Move ........................................... 287
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 52
Selector Knob (Audio) ............................. 141
Sequential Shift Mode............................. 197
Setting the Clock........................................ 88
Shift Lever .................................. 13, 195, 199
Shift Position Indicator ............................ 196
Shifting (Transmission) .................... 195, 199
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 30
Side Airbags ............................................... 40
Cutoff System........................................... 42
Off Indicator ............................................. 42
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 43
Snow Tires ................................................ 267

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 323 ページ

Index

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Spare Tire ................................. 277, 305, 307
Spark Plugs ....................................... 304, 306
Specifications ........................................... 304
Specified Fuel ........................... 215, 304, 306
Speedometer.............................................. 75
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 36
Starting the Engine.................................. 191
Does Not Start ........................................ 283
Engine Switch Buzzer.............................. 104
Jump Starting ......................................... 284
Steering Wheel ........................................ 113
Adjusting ................................................ 113
Stopping ................................................... 214
Sunglasses Holder .................................... 131
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 36
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................ 2, 3, 104
SYNC Mode .............................................. 135
System Message Indicator ......................... 69

Index

Tachometer ................................................ 75
Temperature .............................................. 78
Gauge ........................................................ 8
Outside Temperature Display .................... 78
Temperature Sensor ................................ 136
Time (Setting)............................................. 88
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)..................................................... 206
Indicator ........................................... 68, 293

Tires ........................................................... 259
Air Pressure ............................. 260, 305, 307
Checking and Maintaining....................... 259
Inspection................................................ 259
Labeling .................................................. 260
Puncture (Flat Tire)................................... 277
Regulations ............................................. 262
Rotation .................................................. 266
Spare Tire ................................ 277, 305, 307
Tire Chains .............................................. 267
Wear Indicators ....................................... 264
Winter ..................................................... 267
Tools .......................................................... 276
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 187
Equipment and Accessories ..................... 188
Load Limits .............................................. 187
Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 190
Emergency .............................................. 299
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) .................................................... 206
Indicator ............................................ 68, 293
Transmission ..................................... 195, 199
Automatic ............................................... 195
Fluid ................................................ 242, 243
Manual.................................................... 199
Number ................................................... 308
Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 197
Shift Position Indicator ....................... 13, 196
Trip Meter ................................................... 77
Trip/Reset Switch ........................................ 77

Troubleshooting....................................... 275
Blown Fuse.............................................. 294
Brake Pedal Vibrates.................................. 17
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 18
Emergency Towing.................................. 299
Engine Won’t Start.................................. 283
Noise When Braking.................................. 18
Overheating ............................................ 288
Premium Gasoline ................... 215, 304, 306
Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 277
Rear Door Won’t Open........................ 17, 94
Select Lever Won’t Move......................... 287
Warning Indicators .................................... 64
Trunk........................................................... 95
Lid............................................................. 95
Light Bulb........................................ 304, 306
Main Switch .............................................. 97
Unable to Open....................................... 301
Turn Signals .............................................. 105
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 69

U
Unlocking the Doors .................................. 91
USB Adapter Cable........................... 138, 139
USB Flash Drives ....................................... 164

V
Valet Key..................................................... 90
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 5

323

13 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16400.book 324 ページ

Index

２０１２年７月２７日 金曜日 午前１１時３１分

2013 TSX
QRG

Vehicle Identification Number................. 308
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) .................. 204
Off Button ............................................... 205
Off Indicator .............................................. 67
System Indicator ........................................ 67
Ventilation ................................................ 133
Viscosity (Oil)............................. 234, 305, 307
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist) .................. 204

Tire Chains .............................................. 267
Wipers and Washers................................. 108
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 257
WMA ................................................. 147, 153
Worn Tires ................................................ 259

X Y

XM® Radio ................................................ 145

Index

324

Warning and Information Messages ......... 72
Warning Indicator On/Blinking................ 290
Warning Labels ........................................... 61
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately)............................................... 313
Watts ................................................. 304, 306
Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 264
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)............ 280
Window Washers...................................... 108
Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 246
Switch ..................................................... 108
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 100
Windshield ................................................ 108
Cleaning.................................................. 274
Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 134
Washer Fluid............................................ 246
Wiper Blades ........................................... 257
Wipers and Washers ................................ 108
Winter Tires............................................... 267
Snow Tires............................................... 267

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2012:07:27 11:30:59Z
Modify Date                     : 2013:02:14 17:19:02-08:00
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:08:04
Format                          : application/pdf
Creator                         : 
Title                           : 
Creator Tool                    : FrameMaker 9.0
Metadata Date                   : 2013:02:14 17:19:02-08:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 9.4.2 (Windows)
Document ID                     : uuid:5f38a686-979f-4d5c-be5c-d4395da20509
Instance ID                     : uuid:90065eb0-24a5-4a72-b890-3ee8f91826eb
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Page Count                      : 325

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Acura 2012 Tsx Owners Manual

Manual L11313OM 2013 Acura TSX Owners Manual | Manual Device

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation